Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Algorithmic Game Theory

427 missions · 182 completed

Missions

Open245Completed182All427
ProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Probabilistic Analysis of Mean-Field Games 2: The Mean-Field Strategies Form an ε_N-Nash Equilibrium of the N-Player Game, with ε_N ≤ cN^{−1/(d+4)}Research Paper

Motivation

Mean-field games were introduced by Lasry and Lions (2007) and by Huang, Malhamé and Caines (2006) as limits of stochastic differential games with many symmetric players, each interacting with the others only through the empirical distribution of their states. The limit replaces a game of NNN coupled players by one representative player facing a deterministic flow of distributions that it must reproduce. That flow is the equilibrium condition. The limit object is easier to solve. Whether it says anything about the finite game it came from is a separate question: a mean-field equilibrium is useful only if the strategies it produces are nearly optimal for each of NNN actual players.

Carmona and Delarue (SIAM J. Control Optim. 51, 2013) solve the mean-field game through the stochastic maximum principle. For drifts that are affine and costs that are convex, the equilibrium is the solution of a forward–backward SDE of McKean–Vlasov type. Its existence is the subject of the first mission of this series. This mission formalizes §4 of the paper. The strategies read off from that solution are an approximate Nash equilibrium of the NNN-player game, with an explicit rate in NNN.

Setting

The state space is Rd\mathbb R^dRd and the control space is Rk\mathbb R^kRk, both with the Euclidean norm. Each player iii has a private state UtiU^i_tUti​, driven by its own mmm-dimensional Brownian motion WiW^iWi, the motions being independent. The dynamics are

dUti=b(t,Uti,νˉtN,βti) dt+σ dWti,U0i=x0,νˉtN=1N∑j=1NδUtj,dU^i_t = b(t, U^i_t, \bar\nu^N_t, \beta^i_t)\,dt + \sigma\,dW^i_t,\qquad U^i_0 = x_0,\qquad \bar\nu^N_t = \frac1N\sum_{j=1}^N\delta_{U^j_t},dUti​=b(t,Uti​,νˉtN​,βti​)dt+σdWti​,U0i​=x0​,νˉtN​=N1​j=1∑N​δUtj​​,

where b(t,x,μ,α)=b0(t,μ)+b1(t)x+b2(t)αb(t,x,\mu,\alpha) = b_0(t,\mu) + b_1(t)x + b_2(t)\alphab(t,x,μ,α)=b0​(t,μ)+b1​(t)x+b2​(t)α is affine and σ\sigmaσ is a constant matrix. Player iii chooses a strategy βi\beta^iβi, a process that is progressively measurable for the filtration of (W1,…,WN)(W^1,\dots,W^N)(W1,…,WN) and satisfies E∫0T∣βti∣2dt<∞\mathbb E\int_0^T|\beta^i_t|^2dt<\inftyE∫0T​∣βti​∣2dt<∞. It pays

JˉN,i(β1,…,βN)=E[g(UTi,νˉTN)+∫0Tf(t,Uti,νˉtN,βti) dt].\bar J^{N,i}(\beta^1,\dots,\beta^N) = \mathbb E\Big[g(U^i_T,\bar\nu^N_T) + \int_0^T f(t,U^i_t,\bar\nu^N_t,\beta^i_t)\,dt\Big].JˉN,i(β1,…,βN)=E[g(UTi​,νˉTN​)+∫0T​f(t,Uti​,νˉtN​,βti​)dt].

The costs fff, ggg satisfy the paper's assumptions (A.1)–(A.7): joint convexity in (x,α)(x,\alpha)(x,α) with strong convexity in α\alphaα, C1,1C^{1,1}C1,1 regularity, local Lipschitz continuity in the measure argument for the 2-Wasserstein distance W2W_2W2​, and growth conditions.

On the mean-field side, let (Xt,Yt,Zt)(X_t,Y_t,Z_t)(Xt​,Yt​,Zt​) solve the McKean–Vlasov FBSDE (3.1), let μt=PXt\mu_t = \mathbb P_{X_t}μt​=PXt​​, and let uuu be the FBSDE value function. This is a function that is Lipschitz in xxx with linear growth and satisfies Yt=u(t,Xt)Y_t = u(t,X_t)Yt​=u(t,Xt​). Let α^(t,x,μ,y)\hat\alpha(t,x,\mu,y)α^(t,x,μ,y) minimize the Hamiltonian ⟨b,y⟩+f\langle b,y\rangle + f⟨b,y⟩+f over α\alphaα, and let JJJ be the mean-field cost (4.1). The candidate strategies are

αˉtN,i=α^(t,Xti,μt,u(t,Xti)),\bar\alpha^{N,i}_t = \hat\alpha\big(t, X^i_t, \mu_t, u(t,X^i_t)\big),αˉtN,i​=α^(t,Xti​,μt​,u(t,Xti​)),

where (X1,…,XN)(X^1,\dots,X^N)(X1,…,XN) solves the particle system (4.2): the dynamics above, with each player using this feedback against the frozen flow μ\muμ. Each player needs only its own state.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.2

There exist c>0c>0c>0 and positive numbers (ϵN)N≥1(\epsilon_N)_{N\ge1}(ϵN​)N≥1​ with ϵN≤cN−1/(d+4)\epsilon_N\le cN^{-1/(d+4)}ϵN​≤cN−1/(d+4) such that, for every N≥1N\ge1N≥1, every player iii and every admissible deviation βi\beta^iβi,

JˉN,i(αˉN,1,…,βi,…,αˉN,N) ≥ JˉN,i(αˉN,1,…,αˉN,N)−ϵN.\bar J^{N,i}(\bar\alpha^{N,1},\dots,\beta^i,\dots,\bar\alpha^{N,N})\ \ge\ \bar J^{N,i}(\bar\alpha^{N,1},\dots,\bar\alpha^{N,N}) - \epsilon_N.JˉN,i(αˉN,1,…,βi,…,αˉN,N) ≥ JˉN,i(αˉN,1,…,αˉN,N)−ϵN​.

The constant and the sequence come before NNN, the player and the deviation.

Milestones

The milestones follow the proof, in attack order:

  • Lemma 4.1 (Horowitz–Karandikar): E[W22(μˉN,μ)]≤CN−2/(d+4)\mathbb E[W_2^2(\bar\mu^N,\mu)]\le CN^{-2/(d+4)}E[W22​(μˉ​N,μ)]≤CN−2/(d+4) for i.i.d. samples from μ∈Pd+5\mu\in\mathcal P_{d+5}μ∈Pd+5​.
  • Well-posedness of (4.2).
  • The moment bound (4.4).
  • The transport inequality (4.13).
  • Propagation of chaos (4.11) and its consequence (4.12) for the empirical measure.
  • The equilibrium cost estimate (4.14): JˉN,i(αˉ)=J+O(N−1/(d+4))\bar J^{N,i}(\bar\alpha) = J + O(N^{-1/(d+4)})JˉN,i(αˉ)=J+O(N−1/(d+4)).
  • For a deviation of bounded energy E∫∣β1∣2≤A\mathbb E\int|\beta^1|^2\le AE∫∣β1∣2≤A: (4.17), (4.20) and the lower bound (4.23), JˉN,1≥J−cAN−1/(d+4)\bar J^{N,1}\ge J - c_AN^{-1/(d+4)}JˉN,1≥J−cA​N−1/(d+4).
  • The coercivity (4.25) for deviations of large energy.

Companion: Corollary 4.3

Large deviations are unprofitable for every player (4.27). A bounded deviation of one player keeps every player's cost above J−ϵNJ-\epsilon_NJ−ϵN​ (4.28).

Significance

The theorem justifies the mean-field game as a model of large finite games. Solving one McKean–Vlasov FBSDE produces distributed closed-loop strategies. No player can improve its cost by more than O(N−1/(d+4))O(N^{-1/(d+4)})O(N−1/(d+4)) by deviating, even with a strategy that uses all players' noises. The rate gives a quantitative meaning to "large NNN". The milestones (4.11)–(4.12) are a quantitative propagation-of-chaos result for the particle system driven by the decoupling field. Such results are used on their own in the numerics and statistics of interacting particle systems.

The result is proved in the paper. No part of it has been machine-checked, as far as the platform's records show. The work that remains is to formalize the known proof. That needs Wasserstein estimates for empirical measures (Lemma 4.1, cited by the paper without proof), Gronwall arguments for SDE systems, and the optimality of the mean-field control (Theorem 2.2, the first mission's milestone, used here through J≤J(β1)J\le J(\beta^1)J≤J(β1)). Sharper rates are known in low dimension (Fournier and Guillin, 2015). They would be welcome as variants, but they are not the target.

Difficulty

The obvious argument compares the deviating player's cost with the mean-field cost of the same strategy. It fails in two places. The deviation changes the empirical measure that every other player sees, so the other players' states are no longer independent copies of XXX. It must be shown that one player of bounded energy moves the population's empirical measure by only O(N−1/(d+4))O(N^{-1/(d+4)})O(N−1/(d+4)) in W2W_2W2​ ((4.17)–(4.20)). The second problem is that the deviation β1\beta^1β1 is adapted to the filtration of all NNN Brownian motions, larger than the one in which the mean-field control problem is posed. The comparison J≤J(β1)J\le J(\beta^1)J≤J(β1) must survive this enlargement. Finally, nothing bounds the energy of a deviation a priori. Deviations of large energy have to be excluded separately by a coercivity estimate ((4.25)), and only then can the rate be obtained uniformly.

Formalization scope

The data live on EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), so every norm, M2M_2M2​ and W2W_2W2​ is Euclidean. Matrix norms are operator norms. W2W_2W2​ is the published WassersteinDRO.Duality.wassersteinDistance 2, valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. Measures carry Mathlib's σ-algebra on Measure, which on probability measures on Rd\mathbb R^dRd coincides with the paper's Borel σ-field of weak convergence. The SDEs and BSDEs are the published Itô-process predicates of Peng (Peng1990.SMP.SolvesSDE, SolvesBSDE). Solutions also have almost surely continuous paths on [0,T][0,T][0,T]. The game filtration is generated by (W1,…,WN)(W^1,\dots,W^N)(W1,…,WN) and augmented by the null sets. Players are indexed by Fin N, so the paper's player 111 is index 000.

The mean-field solution and the game live on two probability spaces. Only μt=PXt\mu_t=\mathbb P_{X_t}μt​=PXt​​, JJJ and uuu pass between them. The value function uuu enters through its properties (3.3), the identity Yt=u(t,Xt)Y_t=u(t,X_t)Yt​=u(t,Xt​) and joint measurability, as in Lemma 3.5. α^\hat\alphaα^ is the chosen minimizer of the Hamiltonian, with default 000; by Lemma 2.1 the default is never used on [0,T]×P2[0,T]\times\mathcal P_2[0,T]×P2​. The assumptions also contain a standing convention the page does not write: fff and ggg are Borel measurable. Without it the expected costs would not be expectations of measurable integrands. Moments and expected energies are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. Costs are real expectations, finite under (A.5) for admissible strategies.

The statements exclude the trivializing readings:

  • the flow is the law of the mean-field state, not an arbitrary flow;
  • distances are Euclidean, not sup-norm;
  • the empirical measure is used only for N≥1N\ge1N≥1;
  • W22W_2^2W22​ is never converted to a real number where it could be infinite;
  • the constants ccc, (ϵN)(\epsilon_N)(ϵN​), cAc_AcA​, N0N_0N0​ sit exactly where the page's quantifiers put them;
  • in a deviation the other players keep their processes αˉN,j\bar\alpha^{N,j}αˉN,j, while the empirical measure follows the new states.

The goal does not mention the decoupled copies or Lemma 4.1.

A complete development needs:

  • Wasserstein estimates for empirical measures, which are reusable well beyond this mission;
  • existence, uniqueness and moment bounds for Lipschitz SDE systems with measure-dependent drift;
  • the stochastic-maximum-principle comparison of the first mission.

Contributions on any of these are welcome. Well-posedness of the deviated system (4.5) is used but is not stated on the page; a proof of it is also welcome.

Selected references

  • R. Carmona and F. Delarue, Probabilistic analysis of mean-field games, SIAM J. Control Optim. 51(4):2705–2734, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1137/120883499
  • J.-M. Lasry and P.-L. Lions, Mean field games, Japanese Journal of Mathematics 2:229–260, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11537-007-0657-8
  • M. Huang, R. P. Malhamé and P. E. Caines, Large population stochastic dynamic games: closed-loop McKean–Vlasov systems and the Nash certainty equivalence principle, Communications in Information and Systems 6(3):221–252, 2006. https://doi.org/10.4310/CIS.2006.v6.n3.a5
  • J. Horowitz and R. L. Karandikar, Mean rates of convergence of empirical measures in the Wasserstein metric, J. Comput. Appl. Math. 55(3):261–273, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1016/0377-0427(94)90033-7
  • A.-S. Sznitman, Topics in propagation of chaos, École d'Été de Probabilités de Saint-Flour XIX, Lecture Notes in Math. 1464, Springer, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0085169
  • N. Fournier and A. Guillin, On the rate of convergence in Wasserstein distance of the empirical measure, Probab. Theory Related Fields 162:707–738, 2015. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00440-014-0583-7
18 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

On Synchronous, Asynchronous, and Randomized Best-Response Schemes for Stochastic Nash Games 2: Randomized Inexact Best Response Reaches an ϵ-NE in Explicitly Bounded Expected SG StepsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many noncooperative problems in communication networks, power markets and supply chains are stochastic Nash games. Each player minimizes an expected cost that depends on its own decision and on the decisions of its rivals, and the expectation can only be sampled, not evaluated. A natural distributed way to compute an equilibrium is the best-response scheme: each player repeatedly replies optimally to the rivals' current strategies. In a stochastic game an exact best response is itself an expectation-valued optimization problem, so a practical scheme replies inexactly, running a few stochastic gradient steps per reply. Lei, Shanbhag, Pang and Sen (arXiv:1704.04578v2; Mathematics of Operations Research, 2020) analyse three such inexact proximal best-response schemes: synchronous, randomized and asynchronous. For each they prove a linear rate of convergence and a bound on the total number of projected stochastic gradient steps.

This mission concerns the randomized scheme. In large games it is unrealistic for all players to update at every round; in the paper's model each player independently decides to update with probability pip_ipi​. This is the game-theoretic analogue of randomized block-coordinate descent (Nesterov 2012; Richtárik–Takáč 2014). A local Poisson clock per player is a special case (Remark 5 of the paper). The synchronous scheme, the paper's Theorem 1, and the asynchronous scheme are separate missions of this series.

Setting

There are N≥1N \ge 1N≥1 players. Player iii chooses xix_ixi​ in a compact convex set Xi⊆RniX_i \subseteq \mathbb R^{n_i}Xi​⊆Rni​ and minimizes

fi(xi,x−i)=E[ψi(xi,x−i;ξ)],f_i(x_i, x_{-i}) = \mathbb E\big[\psi_i(x_i, x_{-i}; \xi)\big],fi​(xi​,x−i​)=E[ψi​(xi​,x−i​;ξ)],

where ξ\xiξ is a random vector and the oracle returns sampled gradients ∇xiψi(x;ξ)\nabla_{x_i}\psi_i(x; \xi)∇xi​​ψi​(x;ξ) with E∥∇xiψi∥2≤Mi2\mathbb E\|\nabla_{x_i}\psi_i\|^2 \le M_i^2E∥∇xi​​ψi​∥2≤Mi2​ (Assumption 1). A Nash equilibrium x∗x^*x∗ is a profile in X=∏iXiX = \prod_i X_iX=∏i​Xi​ from which no player can lower its cost by deviating alone.

For μ>0\mu > 0μ>0 the proximal best response to a profile yyy is

x^i(y)=argmin⁡xi∈Xi[fi(xi,y−i)+μ2∥xi−yi∥2].\widehat x_i(y) = \operatorname*{argmin}_{x_i \in X_i}\Big[f_i(x_i, y_{-i}) + \tfrac{\mu}{2}\|x_i - y_i\|^2\Big].xi​(y)=xi​∈Xi​argmin​[fi​(xi​,y−i​)+2μ​∥xi​−yi​∥2].

The N×NN\times NN×N matrix Γ\GammaΓ has entries γii=μ/(μ+ζi,min⁡)\gamma_{ii} = \mu/(\mu + \zeta_{i,\min})γii​=μ/(μ+ζi,min​) and γij=ζij,max⁡/(μ+ζi,min⁡)\gamma_{ij} = \zeta_{ij,\max}/(\mu + \zeta_{i,\min})γij​=ζij,max​/(μ+ζi,min​), built from the extreme curvatures ζi,min⁡=inf⁡Xλmin⁡(∇xi2fi)\zeta_{i,\min} = \inf_X \lambda_{\min}(\nabla^2_{x_i}f_i)ζi,min​=infX​λmin​(∇xi​2​fi​) and ζij,max⁡=sup⁡X∥∇xixj2fi∥\zeta_{ij,\max} = \sup_X\|\nabla^2_{x_ix_j}f_i\|ζij,max​=supX​∥∇xi​xj​2​fi​∥. Assumption 2 is a=∥Γ∥<1a = \|\Gamma\| < 1a=∥Γ∥<1 (spectral norm).

Algorithm 2. At major iteration kkk, each player iii flips an independent coin χi,k∈{0,1}\chi_{i,k} \in \{0,1\}χi,k​∈{0,1} with P(χi,k=1)=pi>0\mathbb P(\chi_{i,k} = 1) = p_i > 0P(χi,k​=1)=pi​>0, independent of the past information Fk\mathcal F_kFk​ (Assumption 3). If χi,k=1\chi_{i,k} = 1χi,k​=1, the player replaces xi,kx_{i,k}xi,k​ by an inexact proximal best response xi,k+1∈Xix_{i,k+1} \in X_ixi,k+1​∈Xi​ with

E[∥xi,k+1−x^i(xk)∥2∣Fk]≤αi,k2;\mathbb E\big[\|x_{i,k+1} - \widehat x_i(x_k)\|^2 \mid \mathcal F_k\big] \le \alpha_{i,k}^2;E[∥xi,k+1​−xi​(xk​)∥2∣Fk​]≤αi,k2​;

otherwise xi,k+1=xi,kx_{i,k+1} = x_{i,k}xi,k+1​=xi,k​. The accuracy αi,k=ηβi,k+1\alpha_{i,k} = \eta^{\beta_{i,k}+1}αi,k​=ηβi,k​+1 is tied to the number of updates βi,k=∑l<kχi,l\beta_{i,k} = \sum_{l<k}\chi_{i,l}βi,k​=∑l<k​χi,l​ the player has made so far. The reply is computed by ji,k=⌈Qi/η2(βi,k+1)⌉j_{i,k} = \lceil Q_i/\eta^{2(\beta_{i,k}+1)}\rceilji,k​=⌈Qi​/η2(βi,k​+1)⌉ projected stochastic gradient steps

zi,t+1=ΠXi[zi,t−γt(∇xiψi(zi,t,x−i,k;ξi,kt)+μ(zi,t−xi,k))],γt=1μ(t+1),z_{i,t+1} = \Pi_{X_i}\big[z_{i,t} - \gamma_t\big(\nabla_{x_i}\psi_i(z_{i,t}, x_{-i,k}; \xi^t_{i,k}) + \mu(z_{i,t} - x_{i,k})\big)\big],\qquad \gamma_t = \tfrac{1}{\mu(t+1)},zi,t+1​=ΠXi​​[zi,t​−γt​(∇xi​​ψi​(zi,t​,x−i,k​;ξi,kt​)+μ(zi,t​−xi,k​))],γt​=μ(t+1)1​,

from zi,1=xi,kz_{i,1} = x_{i,k}zi,1​=xi,k​, where Qi=2Mi2/μ2+2DXi2Q_i = 2M_i^2/\mu^2 + 2D_{X_i}^2Qi​=2Mi2​/μ2+2DXi​2​ and DXiD_{X_i}DXi​​ is the diameter of XiX_iXi​. The analysis uses the weighted norm ∥x∥P2=∑i∥xi∥2/pi\|x\|_P^2 = \sum_i \|x_i\|^2/p_i∥x∥P2​=∑i​∥xi​∥2/pi​ and the constants a~2=1−pmin⁡(1−a2)\tilde a^2 = 1 - p_{\min}(1 - a^2)a~2=1−pmin​(1−a2), η~2=1−pmin⁡(1−η2)\tilde\eta^2 = 1 - p_{\min}(1 - \eta^2)η~​2=1−pmin​(1−η2) and η~0−2=pmax⁡(η−2−1)+1\tilde\eta_0^{-2} = p_{\max}(\eta^{-2} - 1) + 1η~​0−2​=pmax​(η−2−1)+1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2, (34)

Let c~=max⁡{a~,η~}\tilde c = \max\{\tilde a, \tilde\eta\}c~=max{a~,η~​}, q~∈(c~,1)\tilde q \in (\tilde c, 1)q~​∈(c~,1), D=1/(eln⁡(q~/c~))D = 1/(e\ln(\tilde q/\tilde c))D=1/(eln(q~​/c~)), C~=C(∑iN−1pi−1)1/2\tilde C = C(\sum_i N^{-1}p_i^{-1})^{1/2}C~=C(∑i​N−1pi−1​)1/2, D~=Dη/η~\tilde D = D\eta/\tilde\etaD~=Dη/η~​ and ϵ~=ϵ/((Npmax⁡)1/2(C~+D~))∈(0,1)\tilde\epsilon = \epsilon/((Np_{\max})^{1/2}(\tilde C + \tilde D)) \in (0,1)ϵ~=ϵ/((Npmax​)1/2(C~+D~))∈(0,1), where ∥xi,0−xi∗∥≤C\|x_{i,0} - x_i^*\| \le C∥xi,0​−xi∗​∥≤C. After K=⌈ln⁡(1/ϵ~)/ln⁡(1/q~)⌉K = \lceil\ln(1/\tilde\epsilon)/\ln(1/\tilde q)\rceilK=⌈ln(1/ϵ~)/ln(1/q~​)⌉ major iterations, xKx_KxK​ is an ϵ\epsilonϵ-NE2_22​, i.e. E(∑i∥xi,K−xi∗∥2)1/2≤ϵ\mathbb E\big(\sum_i\|x_{i,K} - x_i^*\|^2\big)^{1/2} \le \epsilonE(∑i​∥xi,K​−xi∗​∥2)1/2≤ϵ, and for every player

E[∑k=0K−1ji,kχi,k]≤piQiη2η~02ln⁡(1/η~02)(1ϵ~)ln⁡(1/η~02)/ln⁡(1/q~)+⌈ln⁡(1/ϵ~)ln⁡(1/q~)⌉.\mathbb E\Big[\sum_{k=0}^{K-1} j_{i,k}\chi_{i,k}\Big] \le \frac{p_iQ_i}{\eta^2\tilde\eta_0^2\ln(1/\tilde\eta_0^2)}\Big(\frac1{\tilde\epsilon}\Big)^{\ln(1/\tilde\eta_0^2)/\ln(1/\tilde q)} + \Big\lceil\frac{\ln(1/\tilde\epsilon)}{\ln(1/\tilde q)}\Big\rceil.E[k=0∑K−1​ji,k​χi,k​]≤η2η~​02​ln(1/η~​02​)pi​Qi​​(ϵ~1​)ln(1/η~​02​)/ln(1/q~​)+⌈ln(1/q~​)ln(1/ϵ~)​⌉.

Milestones

In the order the proof uses them:

  1. the Γ\GammaΓ-contraction (5);
  2. its Euclidean form (9);
  3. the fixed-point identity x^(x∗)=x∗\widehat x(x^*) = x^*x(x∗)=x∗;
  4. the one-step descent (A.3) and its contraction form (B.1) in ∥⋅∥P\|\cdot\|_P∥⋅∥P​;
  5. the binomial moments (B.3) and (36) of η±2βi,k\eta^{\pm2\beta_{i,k}}η±2βi,k​;
  6. the elementary inequalities Lemma 2 (zcz≤Dqzzc^z \le Dq^zzcz≤Dqz) and (30) (a geometric sum bounded by an integral);
  7. the linear rate, Lemma 5: E∥xk−x∗∥P≤N(C~+D~)q~k\mathbb E\|x_k - x^*\|_P \le \sqrt N(\tilde C + \tilde D)\tilde q^kE∥xk​−x∗∥P​≤N​(C~+D~)q~​k;
  8. its transfer to the unweighted error, Remark 6;
  9. the inner-loop bound, Lemma 6: E[∥zi,t−x^i(yk)∥2∣Fk]≤Qi/(t+1)\mathbb E[\|z_{i,t} - \widehat x_i(y_k)\|^2 \mid \mathcal F_k] \le Q_i/(t+1)E[∥zi,t​−xi​(yk​)∥2∣Fk​]≤Qi​/(t+1).

Significance

Theorem 2 gives an explicit, non-asymptotic sample complexity for computing a Nash equilibrium of a stochastic game when only a random subset of players acts at each round. Its exponent ln⁡(1/η~02)/ln⁡(1/q~)\ln(1/\tilde\eta_0^2)/\ln(1/\tilde q)ln(1/η~​02​)/ln(1/q~​) quantifies the price of randomization: Remark 7 of the paper shows it reduces to the synchronous exponent exactly when every pi=1p_i = 1pi​=1. Lemma 5 is the first linear-rate statement for inexact randomized best responses in this setting. The weighted-norm argument of App. A–B is the device that makes block-randomized fixed-point iterations contract.

The results are proved on paper. None of them has a machine-checked proof, and the platform holds no stochastic Nash game, proximal best-response map or randomized best-response scheme. A formal proof checks every constant of (34), including the interplay of the random inexactness ηβi,k+1\eta^{\beta_{i,k}+1}ηβi,k​+1 with the random number of steps ji,kj_{i,k}ji,k​. The paper does not prove (5): it adapts it from Facchinei–Pang 2009. A formal proof of (5) closes that gap.

Difficulty

The conditional-expectation bookkeeping is where a naive argument fails. The accuracy αi,k\alpha_{i,k}αi,k​ and the step count ji,kj_{i,k}ji,k​ are random, being functions of the past coins. The coin χi,k\chi_{i,k}χi,k​ must be independent of both the past and the samples the player uses in round kkk. The descent step (A.4) multiplies the coin with the inexactness error, and its factorization uses exactly this joint independence. Bounding the expected work requires the moment generating identities (B.3) and (36) of a binomial count, with two different constants η~\tilde\etaη~​ (through pmin⁡p_{\min}pmin​) and η~0\tilde\eta_0η~​0​ (through pmax⁡p_{\max}pmax​). Merging them gives a false bound. Lemma 6 is a stochastic approximation estimate conditional on Fk\mathcal F_kFk​, at a random, Fk\mathcal F_kFk​-measurable centre x^i(xk)\widehat x_i(x_k)xi​(xk​). Applying the unconditional O(1/t)O(1/t)O(1/t) bound for strongly convex SGD pointwise is not enough. On the deterministic side, (5) needs a mean-value argument along a segment in the product space, using the mixed Hessian blocks.

Formalization scope

Players are Fin N and player iii's space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin (n i)). Costs are functions of the whole profile. The Euclidean norm of the vector of block norms and the weighted norm ∥⋅∥P\|\cdot\|_P∥⋅∥P​ are written out explicitly, since Lean's norm on the product type is the sup norm. ∥Γ∥\|\Gamma\|∥Γ∥ is the operator norm on Euclidean RN\mathbb R^NRN. ζi,min⁡\zeta_{i,\min}ζi,min​ is an infimum of Rayleigh quotients. The proximal best response is any map satisfying the argmin property on XXX. ΠXi\Pi_{X_i}ΠXi​​ is any map satisfying the published SpectralProjGrad.Shared.IsProjOnto. Randomness lives on a probability space with a filtration (Fk)(\mathcal F_k)(Fk​), and conditional expectations are Mathlib's condExp.

Statement repairs, all recorded in the items' Formalization Notes:

  • Starting point. x0x_0x0​ is deterministic, with ∥xi,0−xi∗∥≤C\|x_{i,0} - x_i^*\| \le C∥xi,0​−xi∗​∥≤C. The proof's bound ∥x0−x∗∥P≤C(∑ipi−1)1/2\|x_0 - x^*\|_P \le C(\sum_i p_i^{-1})^{1/2}∥x0​−x∗∥P​≤C(∑i​pi−1​)1/2 fails for a random start with only a first-moment bound.
  • Regularity. fif_ifi​ is C2C^2C2 jointly in the profile on a neighbourhood of XXX, which the mixed blocks of (4) require.
  • Independence. Assumption 3 is read as χi,k\chi_{i,k}χi,k​ independent of Fk\mathcal F_kFk​ together with player iii's round-kkk samples (or candidate), as step (A.4) needs.
  • Sampling. Samples are drawn for every player at every round and used only when χi,k=1\chi_{i,k} = 1χi,k​=1; in law this is the paper's scheme.
  • Range of ϵ~\tilde\epsilonϵ~. ϵ~<1\tilde\epsilon < 1ϵ~<1 is assumed.
  • Integrability. Every expectation hypothesis carries an integrability condition.
  • DDD. DDD reads 1/ln⁡((q/c)e)1/\ln((q/c)^e)1/ln((q/c)e) as 1/(eln⁡(q/c))1/(e\ln(q/c))1/(eln(q/c)).
  • Excluded. Statement (35), the case η=a\eta = aη=a, is not formalized.

A formalization in which the coins are almost surely 111 is the synchronous scheme, not this one. Coins and samples here are genuinely random with the stated laws and independence, and the expectation bounding the work is taken over both.

Reusable infrastructure includes the conditional O(1/t)O(1/t)O(1/t) bound for projected SGD on strongly convex problems (Lemma 6), the binomial moment identities (B.3)/(36), and Lemma 2 and (30). Contributions of intermediate lemmas, such as (A.4)–(A.5), (B.2) and the measurability of the iterates, are welcome as separate theorems.

Selected references

  • J. Lei, U. V. Shanbhag, J.-S. Pang, S. Sen, On Synchronous, Asynchronous, and Randomized Best-Response Schemes for Stochastic Nash Games, arXiv:1704.04578v2, 2018 (Mathematics of Operations Research, 2020). https://arxiv.org/abs/1704.04578v2
  • F. Facchinei, J.-S. Pang, Nash equilibria: the variational approach, in Convex Optimization in Signal Processing and Communications, Cambridge University Press, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511804458.013
  • Y. Nesterov, Efficiency of coordinate descent methods on huge-scale optimization problems, SIAM Journal on Optimization 22(2), 2012. https://doi.org/10.1137/100802001
  • P. Richtárik, M. Takáč, Iteration complexity of randomized block-coordinate descent methods for minimizing a composite function, Mathematical Programming 144, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-012-0614-z
  • H. Robbins, S. Monro, A stochastic approximation method, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 22, 1951. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177729586
21 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

On Synchronous, Asynchronous, and Randomized Best-Response Schemes for Stochastic Nash Games 3: Asynchronous Inexact Best Response with Delays Reaches an ϵ-NE in Explicitly Bounded SG StepsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many equilibrium problems in operations research have the form of a stochastic Nash game: each of NNN players minimizes an expected cost that depends on the strategies of the others, and the expectation can only be sampled. The paper's introduction lists applications in generation-capacity and power markets and in communication networks (Abada, de Maere d'Aertrycke and Smeers, 2017; Başar, 2007). A natural way to compute an equilibrium is a best-response scheme: each player repeatedly re-optimizes against the current strategies of its rivals. In a large network the players cannot synchronize. They update at different times and see their rivals' strategies with delays.

Lei, Shanbhag, Pang and Sen (arXiv:1704.04578v2; Mathematics of Operations Research, 2020) analyze inexact proximal best-response schemes in three regimes: synchronous, randomized and asynchronous. This mission formalizes the asynchronous one (§5 and Appendix C). It adapts the partially asynchronous iterations of Bertsekas and Tsitsiklis (1989) to stochastic games with inexact, sampled best responses, and it gives an explicit bound on the number of stochastic gradient steps each player needs.

Setting

Player iii chooses xix_ixi​ in a nonempty compact convex set Xi⊆RniX_i \subseteq \mathbb R^{n_i}Xi​⊆Rni​. A profile is x=(x1,…,xN)∈X=∏iXix = (x_1,\dots,x_N) \in X = \prod_i X_ix=(x1​,…,xN​)∈X=∏i​Xi​. Player iii's cost is fi(xi,x−i)=E[ψi(xi,x−i;ξ)]f_i(x_i, x_{-i}) = \mathbb E[\psi_i(x_i, x_{-i};\xi)]fi​(xi​,x−i​)=E[ψi​(xi​,x−i​;ξ)], which is convex and twice continuously differentiable in a neighbourhood of XXX. A sampling oracle returns ∇xiψi(x;ξ)\nabla_{x_i}\psi_i(x;\xi)∇xi​​ψi​(x;ξ), whose second moment is at most Mi2M_i^2Mi2​ (Assumption 1). A Nash equilibrium x∗x^*x∗ is a profile in which each xi∗x^*_ixi∗​ minimizes fi(⋅,x−i∗)f_i(\cdot, x^*_{-i})fi​(⋅,x−i∗​) over XiX_iXi​.

For μ>0\mu > 0μ>0, the proximal best response of player iii to a profile y∈Xy \in Xy∈X is

x^i(y)=argmin⁡xi∈Xi[fi(xi,y−i)+μ2∥xi−yi∥2].\hat x_i(y) = \operatorname*{argmin}_{x_i \in X_i}\Big[f_i(x_i, y_{-i}) + \tfrac{\mu}{2}\|x_i - y_i\|^2\Big].x^i​(y)=xi​∈Xi​argmin​[fi​(xi​,y−i​)+2μ​∥xi​−yi​∥2].

The curvature constants ζi,min⁡=inf⁡x∈Xλmin⁡(∇xi2fi(x))\zeta_{i,\min} = \inf_{x\in X}\lambda_{\min}(\nabla^2_{x_i}f_i(x))ζi,min​=infx∈X​λmin​(∇xi​2​fi​(x)) and ζij,max⁡=sup⁡x∈X∥∇xixj2fi(x)∥\zeta_{ij,\max} = \sup_{x\in X}\|\nabla^2_{x_ix_j}f_i(x)\|ζij,max​=supx∈X​∥∇xi​xj​2​fi​(x)∥ define the matrix Γ\GammaΓ with γii=μ/(μ+ζi,min⁡)\gamma_{ii} = \mu/(\mu+\zeta_{i,\min})γii​=μ/(μ+ζi,min​) and γij=ζij,max⁡/(μ+ζi,min⁡)\gamma_{ij} = \zeta_{ij,\max}/(\mu+\zeta_{i,\min})γij​=ζij,max​/(μ+ζi,min​). Assumption 5 (strict diagonal dominance) asks ζi,min⁡>∑j≠iζij,max⁡\zeta_{i,\min} > \sum_{j\ne i}\zeta_{ij,\max}ζi,min​>∑j=i​ζij,max​. It makes a∞=∥Γ∥∞a_\infty = \|\Gamma\|_\inftya∞​=∥Γ∥∞​, the maximum absolute row sum, smaller than one.

The asynchronous scheme (Algorithm 3) runs on a deterministic schedule. At time kkk the players in IkI_kIk​ update. Player i∈Iki \in I_ki∈Ik​ sees the outdated profile yki=(x1,k−τi1(k),…,xN,k−τiN(k))y^i_k = (x_{1,k-\tau_{i1}(k)},\dots,x_{N,k-\tau_{iN}(k)})yki​=(x1,k−τi1​(k)​,…,xN,k−τiN​(k)​) and computes xi,k+1∈Xix_{i,k+1} \in X_ixi,k+1​∈Xi​ with

E[∥xi,k+1−x^i(yki)∥2∣Fk]≤αi,k2.\mathbb E\big[\|x_{i,k+1} - \hat x_i(y^i_k)\|^2 \mid \mathcal F_k\big] \le \alpha_{i,k}^2 .E[∥xi,k+1​−x^i​(yki​)∥2∣Fk​]≤αi,k2​.

The other players keep their strategies. Assumption 4 requires every player to update at least once in every B1B_1B1​ consecutive times, and every delay to be at most B2B_2B2​. The accuracy is αi,k=ηβi,k\alpha_{i,k} = \eta^{\beta_{i,k}}αi,k​=ηβi,k​, where βi,k\beta_{i,k}βi,k​ counts player iii's updates so far. The inexact response is computed by ji,k=⌈Qi/η2(k+1)⌉j_{i,k} = \lceil Q_i/\eta^{2(k+1)}\rceilji,k​=⌈Qi​/η2(k+1)⌉ projected stochastic gradient steps (43), with step size 1/(μ(t+1))1/(\mu(t+1))1/(μ(t+1)) and Qi=2Mi2/μ2+2DXi2Q_i = 2M_i^2/\mu^2 + 2D_{X_i}^2Qi​=2Mi2​/μ2+2DXi​2​. Write n0=⌈B2/B1⌉n_0 = \lceil B_2/B_1\rceiln0​=⌈B2​/B1​⌉, ρ=(max⁡{a∞,η})1/(n0+1)\rho = (\max\{a_\infty,\eta\})^{1/(n_0+1)}ρ=(max{a∞​,η})1/(n0​+1) and c=ρ1/B1c = \rho^{1/B_1}c=ρ1/B1​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3, (45)

Let q∈(c,1)q \in (c,1)q∈(c,1), D≥1/(eln⁡(q/c))D \ge 1/(e\ln(q/c))D≥1/(eln(q/c)), ϵ>0\epsilon > 0ϵ>0, and

ϵ^=ϵC+D ρB1−1B1<1,\hat\epsilon = \frac{\epsilon}{C+D}\,\rho^{\frac{B_1-1}{B_1}} < 1,ϵ^=C+Dϵ​ρB1​B1​−1​<1,

where E∥xi,0−xi∗∥2≤C2\mathbb E\|x_{i,0}-x^*_i\|^2 \le C^2E∥xi,0​−xi∗​∥2≤C2. After K=⌈ln⁡(1/ϵ^)/ln⁡(1/q)⌉K = \lceil \ln(1/\hat\epsilon)/\ln(1/q)\rceilK=⌈ln(1/ϵ^)/ln(1/q)⌉ major iterations, max⁡iE∥xi,K−xi∗∥≤ϵ\max_i \mathbb E\|x_{i,K}-x^*_i\| \le \epsilonmaxi​E∥xi,K​−xi∗​∥≤ϵ, and player iii has taken at most

ℓi(1)(η)=Qiη4ln⁡(1/η2)(1ϵ^)ln⁡(1/η2)ln⁡(1/q)+⌈ln⁡(1/ϵ^)ln⁡(1/q)⌉\ell^{(1)}_i(\eta) = \frac{Q_i}{\eta^4\ln(1/\eta^2)}\Big(\frac1{\hat\epsilon}\Big)^{\frac{\ln(1/\eta^2)}{\ln(1/q)}} + \Big\lceil\frac{\ln(1/\hat\epsilon)}{\ln(1/q)}\Big\rceilℓi(1)​(η)=η4ln(1/η2)Qi​​(ϵ^1​)ln(1/q)ln(1/η2)​+⌈ln(1/q)ln(1/ϵ^)​⌉

projected gradient steps.

Milestones

In the order the proof uses them:

  • the Γ\GammaΓ-contraction (5) of the proximal best response;
  • the fixed-point identity xi∗=x^i(x∗)x^*_i = \hat x_i(x^*)xi∗​=x^i​(x∗);
  • a∞<1a_\infty < 1a∞​<1 under Assumption 5;
  • its expected ∞\infty∞-norm form (40), E∥x^i(y)−xi∗∥≤a∞max⁡jE∥yj−xj∗∥\mathbb E\|\hat x_i(y)-x^*_i\| \le a_\infty\max_j\mathbb E\|y_j-x^*_j\|E∥x^i​(y)−xi∗​∥≤a∞​maxj​E∥yj​−xj∗​∥;
  • the one-step recursion (C.2) and the delay step (C.3) of Appendix C;
  • Lemma 2, zcz≤Dqzzc^z \le Dq^zzcz≤Dqz;
  • Lemma 7, the rate
max⁡iE∥xi,k−xi∗∥≤(C+k)ρ⌊k/B1⌋,max⁡iE∥xi,k−xi∗∥≤ρ−B1−1B1(C+D)qk;\max_i\mathbb E\|x_{i,k}-x^*_i\| \le (C+k)\rho^{\lfloor k/B_1\rfloor},\qquad \max_i\mathbb E\|x_{i,k}-x^*_i\| \le \rho^{-\frac{B_1-1}{B_1}}(C+D)q^k;imax​E∥xi,k​−xi∗​∥≤(C+k)ρ⌊k/B1​⌋,imax​E∥xi,k​−xi∗​∥≤ρ−B1​B1​−1​(C+D)qk;
  • Lemma 8, the Qi/(t+1)Q_i/(t+1)Qi​/(t+1) mean-square error of the inner stochastic approximation loop;
  • the summation bound (30).

Significance

Theorem 3 makes the cost of asynchrony explicit. Bounded delays and a bounded update window enter only through the rate per window, max⁡{a∞,η}1/(n0+1)\max\{a_\infty,\eta\}^{1/(n_0+1)}max{a∞​,η}1/(n0​+1). The overall effort stays polynomial in 1/ϵ1/\epsilon1/ϵ, and the paper's Table 1 summarizes the exponent as 2B1(1+⌈B2/B1⌉)+δ2B_1(1+\lceil B_2/B_1\rceil)+\delta2B1​(1+⌈B2​/B1​⌉)+δ for a suitable choice of qqq. The result connects classical partially asynchronous fixed-point theory with the sample-complexity analysis of stochastic approximation. Lemma 7 holds for any inexact solver that achieves the accuracy (38), not only for the stochastic gradient loop, so it applies to other subproblem solvers as well.

The paper proves these results by hand. As far as is known, no part of them has been machine-checked: there is no formal treatment of stochastic Nash games, of proximal best-response maps, or of asynchronous iterations with delays in Mathlib or on this platform. A formalization would check the induction over windows in Appendix C, whose index bookkeeping has several printed slips. It would also make precise which properties of the delays the argument needs.

Difficulty

The obvious argument does not carry over from the synchronous case. There, one step of the scheme contracts the whole error vector by aaa in one norm. Here a step updates only some players, and each of them uses information up to B2B_2B2​ steps old. No single step contracts anything. The proof has to show that every window of B1B_1B1​ steps contracts the worst-case expected error by a factor ρ\rhoρ, with the delays absorbed into the root 1/(n0+1)1/(n_0+1)1/(n0​+1). This requires a nested induction with case distinctions on the window position (Appendix C). The analysis also mixes three layers: a deterministic contraction of the exact best response; conditional expectations, Jensen's inequality and adaptedness for the inexact responses; and an O(1/t)O(1/t)O(1/t) stochastic-approximation bound for the inner loop, which in turn needs strong convexity, the first-order optimality conditions and nonexpansiveness of the projection.

Formalization scope

Players are indexed by Fin N. Player iii's space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin (n i)), and costs are functions of the whole profile: fi(z,y−i)f_i(z, y_{-i})fi​(z,y−i​) is f i (Function.update y i z). The projection ΠXi\Pi_{X_i}ΠXi​​ is any map satisfying the published predicate SpectralProjGrad.Shared.IsProjOnto. The proximal best response is a map constrained by an argmin predicate on XXX. ζi,min⁡\zeta_{i,\min}ζi,min​ and ζij,max⁡\zeta_{ij,\max}ζij,max​ are Rayleigh-quotient infima and suprema of second Fréchet derivatives, and ∥Γ∥∞\|\Gamma\|_\infty∥Γ∥∞​ is the maximum absolute row sum. The probability space carries a filtration (Fk)(\mathcal F_k)(Fk​) to which the iterates are adapted. The inner-loop σ\sigmaσ-algebras σ{Fk,ξi,k[t−1]}\sigma\{\mathcal F_k,\xi^{[t-1]}_{i,k}\}σ{Fk​,ξi,k[t−1]​} are parameters satisfying the inclusions the proof uses. Conditional expectations are Mathlib's condExp.

Statement repairs and implicit hypotheses, each recorded in the item it affects:

  • Deterministic delays. Assumption 4(c) allows random delays, but step (C.5) of the proof bounds an expectation at a random past time by the maximum over past times. That step is valid only when the delays do not depend on the iterates. The delays here are deterministic functions τij(k)≤k\tau_{ij}(k) \le kτij​(k)≤k with τii(k)=0\tau_{ii}(k) = 0τii​(k)=0.
  • Oracle second moment. Lemma 8 prints ψi\psi_iψi​ for ∇xiψi\nabla_{x_i}\psi_i∇xi​​ψi​, and its hypothesis E[∥∇xiψi∥2∣⋅]=∥∇xifi∥2\mathbb E[\|\nabla_{x_i}\psi_i\|^2\mid\cdot] = \|\nabla_{x_i}f_i\|^2E[∥∇xi​​ψi​∥2∣⋅]=∥∇xi​​fi​∥2 forces zero noise. The bound ≤Mi2\le M_i^2≤Mi2​ that the proof uses replaces it.
  • Regularity. Joint C2C^2C2 regularity of fif_ifi​ is assumed, which the mixed Hessian blocks in Γ\GammaΓ need, and XiX_iXi​ is nonempty.
  • Constants. Theorem 3 assumes C≥0C \ge 0C≥0 and ϵ^<1\hat\epsilon < 1ϵ^<1. Its "D≥/ln⁡((q/c)e)D \ge /\ln((q/c)^e)D≥/ln((q/c)e)" is read as D≥1/(eln⁡(q/c))D \ge 1/(e\ln(q/c))D≥1/(eln(q/c)), as in Lemma 7.
  • Step count. Theorem 3 counts the steps over player iii's update times; the proof's bound is for the larger sum over all times.

The special case B1=1B_1 = 1B1​=1, B2=0B_2 = 0B2​=0 of Theorem 3, Corollary 3 (cyclic updates) and Theorem 4 are not stated.

The goal cannot be met trivially. The schedule is a parameter, not "every player at every step". The sampled gradients may be genuinely random, since the second-moment hypothesis is an inequality. x^\hat xx^ is tied to fif_ifi​ by its argmin property, and x∗x^*x∗ is a Nash equilibrium. Each expectation in a conclusion is of a bounded measurable quantity, so it cannot vanish by non-integrability.

The development needs the following:

  • the contraction (5), which the paper only cites from Facchinei and Pang (2009, §12.6.1) and which uses the mean-value theorem along segments in XXX;
  • strong-convexity optimality conditions on convex sets;
  • nonexpansiveness of Euclidean projections;
  • conditional Jensen and tower arguments;
  • an integer-index induction over windows.

The projection and strong-convexity lemmas, and (5) itself, are reusable for the synchronous and randomized missions of this series. Proofs of individual milestones, or of general Mathlib-level facts such as the first-order optimality condition over a convex set, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Lei, U. V. Shanbhag, J.-S. Pang, S. Sen, On Synchronous, Asynchronous, and Randomized Best-Response Schemes for Stochastic Nash Games, arXiv:1704.04578v2, 2018; Mathematics of Operations Research, 2020, https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2018.0986. https://arxiv.org/abs/1704.04578v2
  • D. P. Bertsekas, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Parallel and Distributed Computation: Numerical Methods, Prentice Hall, 1989 (reference [9] of the paper).
  • F. Facchinei, J.-S. Pang, Nash equilibria: the variational approach, in Convex Optimization in Signal Processing and Communications, Cambridge University Press, 2009 (reference [19] of the paper).
  • I. Abada, G. de Maere d'Aertrycke, Y. Smeers, On the multiplicity of solutions in generation capacity investment models with incomplete markets, Mathematical Programming 165(1):5–69, 2017 (reference [1] of the paper).
18 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

On Synchronous, Asynchronous, and Randomized Best-Response Schemes for Stochastic Nash Games 1: Synchronous Inexact Best Response Reaches an ϵ-NE in Explicitly Bounded Projected SG StepsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many equilibrium problems in operations research, such as networked Cournot competition, power markets and communication networks, are stochastic Nash games: each player minimizes an expected cost fi(xi,x−i)=E[ψi(xi,x−i;ξ)]f_i(x_i,x_{-i})=\mathbb E[\psi_i(x_i,x_{-i};\xi)]fi​(xi​,x−i​)=E[ψi​(xi​,x−i​;ξ)] that depends on the rivals' strategies and on a random vector ξ\xiξ whose law is accessible only through samples. Best-response schemes, in which every player in turn solves its own optimization problem given the others' latest strategies, are the natural distributed method for such games. In the stochastic setting no player can compute an exact best response, because evaluating fif_ifi​ requires the expectation itself. Lei, Shanbhag, Pang and Sen (arXiv:1704.04578v2; Mathematics of Operations Research, 2020) analyze inexact proximal best-response schemes in which each best response is approximated by a finite number of stochastic gradient steps, and they ask how many sampled gradients each player needs to reach an approximate equilibrium.

The deterministic theory of proximal best responses, including the contraction matrix Γ\GammaΓ used here, is due to Facchinei and Pang (Nash equilibria: the variational approach, 2009, §12.6; reference [19] of the paper). The present mission covers the paper's first scheme, the synchronous one, in which all players update simultaneously.

Setting

There are NNN players. Player iii chooses xix_ixi​ from a closed, compact, convex, nonempty set Xi⊆RniX_i\subseteq\mathbb R^{n_i}Xi​⊆Rni​; a profile is x=(x1,…,xN)∈X=∏iXix=(x_1,\dots,x_N)\in X=\prod_iX_ix=(x1​,…,xN​)∈X=∏i​Xi​, and (z,y−i)(z,y_{-i})(z,y−i​) is the profile yyy with its iii-th block replaced by zzz. A Nash equilibrium is a profile x∗∈Xx^*\in Xx∗∈X such that every xi∗x^*_ixi∗​ minimizes fi(⋅,x−i∗)f_i(\cdot,x^*_{-i})fi​(⋅,x−i∗​) over XiX_iXi​.

Assumption 1 asks that each fif_ifi​ be convex in xix_ixi​ and twice continuously differentiable near XXX, that the sampled gradients ∇xiψi(x;ξ)\nabla_{x_i}\psi_i(x;\xi)∇xi​​ψi​(x;ξ) be unbiased for ∇xifi(x)\nabla_{x_i}f_i(x)∇xi​​fi​(x), and that E∥∇xiψi(x;ξ)∥2≤Mi2\mathbb E\|\nabla_{x_i}\psi_i(x;\xi)\|^2\le M_i^2E∥∇xi​​ψi​(x;ξ)∥2≤Mi2​. For μ>0\mu>0μ>0 the proximal best response is

x^i(y)=argmin⁡xi∈Xi[fi(xi,y−i)+μ2∥xi−yi∥2].\hat x_i(y)=\operatorname*{argmin}_{x_i\in X_i}\Big[f_i(x_i,y_{-i})+\tfrac\mu2\|x_i-y_i\|^2\Big].x^i​(y)=xi​∈Xi​argmin​[fi​(xi​,y−i​)+2μ​∥xi​−yi​∥2].

The N×NN\times NN×N matrix Γ\GammaΓ has entries γii=μ/(μ+ζi,min⁡)\gamma_{ii}=\mu/(\mu+\zeta_{i,\min})γii​=μ/(μ+ζi,min​) and γij=ζij,max⁡/(μ+ζi,min⁡)\gamma_{ij}=\zeta_{ij,\max}/(\mu+\zeta_{i,\min})γij​=ζij,max​/(μ+ζi,min​), where ζi,min⁡\zeta_{i,\min}ζi,min​ is the least eigenvalue of ∇xi2fi\nabla^2_{x_i}f_i∇xi​2​fi​ over XXX and ζij,max⁡\zeta_{ij,\max}ζij,max​ the largest spectral norm of the mixed block ∇xixj2fi\nabla^2_{x_ix_j}f_i∇xi​xj​2​fi​ over XXX. Assumption 2 is a:=∥Γ∥<1a:=\|\Gamma\|<1a:=∥Γ∥<1 (spectral norm).

Algorithm 1 starts from a deterministic x0∈Xx_0\in Xx0​∈X. At major iteration kkk every player computes xi,k+1∈Xix_{i,k+1}\in X_ixi,k+1​∈Xi​ with E[∥xi,k+1−x^i(xk)∥2∣Fk]≤αi,k2\mathbb E[\|x_{i,k+1}-\hat x_i(x_k)\|^2\mid\mathcal F_k]\le\alpha_{i,k}^2E[∥xi,k+1​−x^i​(xk​)∥2∣Fk​]≤αi,k2​, by running ji,kj_{i,k}ji,k​ projected stochastic gradient steps

zi,t+1=ΠXi[zi,t−1μ(t+1)(∇xiψi(zi,t,x−i,k;ξi,kt)+μ(zi,t−xi,k))],zi,1=xi,k,z_{i,t+1}=\Pi_{X_i}\Big[z_{i,t}-\tfrac{1}{\mu(t+1)}\big(\nabla_{x_i}\psi_i(z_{i,t},x_{-i,k};\xi^t_{i,k})+\mu(z_{i,t}-x_{i,k})\big)\Big],\qquad z_{i,1}=x_{i,k},zi,t+1​=ΠXi​​[zi,t​−μ(t+1)1​(∇xi​​ψi​(zi,t​,x−i,k​;ξi,kt​)+μ(zi,t​−xi,k​))],zi,1​=xi,k​,

and setting xi,k+1=zi,ji,kx_{i,k+1}=z_{i,j_{i,k}}xi,k+1​=zi,ji,k​​. A random profile xxx is an ϵ\epsilonϵ-NE2_22​ if E[(∑i∥xi−xi∗∥2)1/2]≤ϵ\mathbb E\big[(\sum_i\|x_i-x^*_i\|^2)^{1/2}\big]\le\epsilonE[(∑i​∥xi​−xi∗​∥2)1/2]≤ϵ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1(a)

With αi,k=ηk+1\alpha_{i,k}=\eta^{k+1}αi,k​=ηk+1, η∈(0,1)\eta\in(0,1)η∈(0,1), ∥xi,0−xi∗∥≤C\|x_{i,0}-x^*_i\|\le C∥xi,0​−xi∗​∥≤C, c=max⁡{a,η}c=\max\{a,\eta\}c=max{a,η}, q∈(c,1)q\in(c,1)q∈(c,1), D=1/ln⁡((q/c)e)D=1/\ln((q/c)^e)D=1/ln((q/c)e), Qi=2Mi2/μ2+2DXi2Q_i=2M_i^2/\mu^2+2D_{X_i}^2Qi​=2Mi2​/μ2+2DXi​2​ and ji,k=⌈Qi/η2(k+1)⌉j_{i,k}=\lceil Q_i/\eta^{2(k+1)}\rceilji,k​=⌈Qi​/η2(k+1)⌉, the iterate xKx_KxK​ after K=⌈ln⁡(N(C+D)/ϵ)/ln⁡(1/q)⌉K=\lceil\ln(\sqrt N(C+D)/\epsilon)/\ln(1/q)\rceilK=⌈ln(N​(C+D)/ϵ)/ln(1/q)⌉ major iterations is an ϵ\epsilonϵ-NE2_22​, and player iii uses at most

ℓi(η)=Qiη4ln⁡(1/η2)(N(C+D)ϵ)ln⁡(1/η2)ln⁡(1/q)+⌈ln⁡(N(C+D)/ϵ)ln⁡(1/q)⌉\ell_i(\eta)=\frac{Q_i}{\eta^4\ln(1/\eta^2)}\left(\frac{\sqrt N(C+D)}{\epsilon}\right)^{\frac{\ln(1/\eta^2)}{\ln(1/q)}}+\left\lceil\frac{\ln(\sqrt N(C+D)/\epsilon)}{\ln(1/q)}\right\rceilℓi​(η)=η4ln(1/η2)Qi​​(ϵN​(C+D)​)ln(1/q)ln(1/η2)​+⌈ln(1/q)ln(N​(C+D)/ϵ)​⌉

projected stochastic gradient steps. The goal fixes the paper's explicit expression, not its O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) summary.

Milestones

  1. (5): ∥x^i(y′)−x^i(y)∥≤∑jγij∥yj′−yj∥\|\hat x_i(y')-\hat x_i(y)\|\le\sum_j\gamma_{ij}\|y'_j-y_j\|∥x^i​(y′)−x^i​(y)∥≤∑j​γij​∥yj′​−yj​∥ for y,y′∈Xy,y'\in Xy,y′∈X.
  2. (9): the same in the Euclidean norm of block distances, with factor aaa.
  3. A Nash equilibrium is a fixed point: x^(x∗)=x∗\hat x(x^*)=x^*x^(x∗)=x∗.
  4. Lemma 2: zcz≤Dqzzc^z\le Dq^zzcz≤Dqz for z≥0z\ge0z≥0, 0<c<q<10<c<q<10<c<q<1, D≥1/(eln⁡(q/c))D\ge1/(e\ln(q/c))D≥1/(eln(q/c)).
  5. (20): uk+1≤auk+Nmax⁡iαi,ku_{k+1}\le au_k+\sqrt N\max_i\alpha_{i,k}uk+1​≤auk​+N​maxi​αi,k​, where uku_kuk​ is the mean Euclidean norm of block errors.
  6. Proposition 4: uk≤N(C+D)qku_k\le\sqrt N(C+D)q^kuk​≤N​(C+D)qk.
  7. Lemma 3: E[∥zi,t−x^i(xk)∥2∣Fk]≤Qi/(t+1)\mathbb E[\|z_{i,t}-\hat x_i(x_k)\|^2\mid\mathcal F_k]\le Q_i/(t+1)E[∥zi,t​−x^i​(xk​)∥2∣Fk​]≤Qi​/(t+1).
  8. (30): ∑k=1Kβk≤∫1K+1βxdx≤βK+1/ln⁡β\sum_{k=1}^K\beta^k\le\int_1^{K+1}\beta^xdx\le\beta^{K+1}/\ln\beta∑k=1K​βk≤∫1K+1​βxdx≤βK+1/lnβ for β>1\beta>1β>1.

Significance

Theorem 1(a) shows that the synchronous inexact scheme keeps the linear rate of the exact best-response iteration, with factor arbitrarily close to max⁡{∥Γ∥,η}\max\{\|\Gamma\|,\eta\}max{∥Γ∥,η}, and turns it into a sample complexity explicit in ϵ\epsilonϵ, in the number of players and in the game's constants. Choosing η=∥Γ∥\eta=\|\Gamma\|η=∥Γ∥ gives a bound of order (N/ϵ)2+δ(\sqrt N/\epsilon)^{2+\delta}(N​/ϵ)2+δ for any δ>0\delta>0δ>0 (Theorem 1(b)), close to the O(1/ϵ2)O(1/\epsilon^2)O(1/ϵ2) of a single stochastic convex program; the dependence on NNN is mild, which matters for games with many players. The same building blocks (the contraction (5), Lemma 2, Lemma 3 and (30)) are reused by the randomized and asynchronous schemes of the same paper.

The result is proved in the paper; it has not been machine-checked. A formalization adds a verified proof of the complexity bound together with fully explicit hypotheses: several conditions that the paper leaves implicit or states imprecisely (listed under Formalization scope) are made exact, and the Lean statement records which version of each is used.

Difficulty

The arithmetic of Theorem 1(a) from Proposition 4, Lemma 3 and (30) is routine. The weight lies elsewhere. The contraction (5) is quoted from Facchinei–Pang and not proved in the paper; it needs the variational optimality conditions of the two proximal problems and a mean-value argument along a segment of XXX for the partial gradient, which mixes the Hessian blocks ∇xi2fi\nabla^2_{x_i}f_i∇xi​2​fi​ and ∇xixj2fi\nabla^2_{x_ix_j}f_i∇xi​xj​2​fi​. Lemma 3 is a conditional-expectation argument about a stochastic approximation recursion: the iterate zi,tz_{i,t}zi,t​ must be shown measurable for the nested σ\sigmaσ-fields generated by the samples, and the conditional unbiasedness and moment hypotheses must be combined with the tower property and the projection's nonexpansiveness. Proposition 4 then needs conditional Jensen to pass from (8) to the Euclidean norm of block errors.

Formalization scope

Players are Fin N, player iii's space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin (n i)), profiles are dependent functions, and (z,y−i)(z,y_{-i})(z,y−i​) is Function.update y i z. The Euclidean norm of the vector of block distances is written out (blockDist), since Mathlib's norm on profiles is the sup norm; ∥Γ∥\|\Gamma\|∥Γ∥ is the operator norm of Matrix.toEuclideanCLM Γ. ζi,min⁡\zeta_{i,\min}ζi,min​ and ζij,max⁡\zeta_{ij,\max}ζij,max​ are the infimum and supremum of Rayleigh-type quotients of the second derivative over XXX and unit vectors. The proximal BR is any map minimizing the proximal objective on XXX (unique there), and ΠXi\Pi_{X_i}ΠXi​​ is any map satisfying the published SpectralProjGrad.Shared.IsProjOnto. The σ\sigmaσ-fields Fk\mathcal F_kFk​ and σ{Fk,ξi,k[t−1]}\sigma\{\mathcal F_k,\xi^{[t-1]}_{i,k}\}σ{Fk​,ξi,k[t−1]​} are generated by the samples. Every expectation carries an integrability hypothesis.

Statement repairs, each recorded in the item's Formalization Note:

  • the initial point is deterministic, as Algorithm 1 states, so E∥xi,0−xi∗∥≤C\mathbb E\|x_{i,0}-x^*_i\|\le CE∥xi,0​−xi∗​∥≤C reads ∥xi,0−xi∗∥≤C\|x_{i,0}-x^*_i\|\le C∥xi,0​−xi∗​∥≤C (the proof's u0≤NCu_0\le\sqrt NCu0​≤N​C needs this);
  • Assumption 1(b) is twice continuous differentiability in the whole profile, which (4) needs for the mixed blocks, and convexity on an open set containing XiX_iXi​;
  • in Lemma 3, ψi\psi_iψi​ is read as ∇xiψi\nabla_{x_i}\psi_i∇xi​​ψi​, and the second hypothesis is the bound E[∥∇xiψi∥2∣⋅]≤Mi2\mathbb E[\|\nabla_{x_i}\psi_i\|^2\mid\cdot]\le M_i^2E[∥∇xi​​ψi​∥2∣⋅]≤Mi2​ that the proof uses (the printed equality would force zero sampling noise);
  • 0<ϵ<N(C+D)0<\epsilon<\sqrt N(C+D)0<ϵ<N​(C+D), without which the ceiling in (27) can be non-positive;
  • D=1/(eln⁡(q/c))D=1/(e\ln(q/c))D=1/(eln(q/c)), the reading of ln⁡((q/c)e)\ln((q/c)^e)ln((q/c)e) confirmed by Lemma 2's proof.

The goal is not trivialized by deterministic gradients: the sampled gradients are random, constrained only by conditional unbiasedness and a conditional second-moment bound, the proximal BR is tied to fif_ifi​ by its argmin property, x∗x^*x∗ must be a Nash equilibrium, and the norms are Euclidean. A deterministic instance (N=1N=1N=1, f1(x)=∥x∥2f_1(x)=\|x\|^2f1​(x)=∥x∥2 on a ball, exact gradients) satisfies every hypothesis jointly.

Needed infrastructure: optimality conditions for constrained strongly convex minimization, the mean-value inequality for partial gradients of C2C^2C2 functions on convex sets, conditional expectation of vector-valued functions with the tower property and conditional Jensen, and the nonexpansiveness of Euclidean projection. The contraction (5) and Lemma 3 are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Lei, U. V. Shanbhag, J.-S. Pang, S. Sen, On Synchronous, Asynchronous, and Randomized Best-Response Schemes for Stochastic Nash Games, arXiv:1704.04578v2, 2018; published in Mathematics of Operations Research, 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/1704.04578v2
  • F. Facchinei, J.-S. Pang, Nash equilibria: the variational approach, in Convex Optimization in Signal Processing and Communications, Cambridge University Press, 2009 (reference [19] of arXiv:1704.04578v2).
  • B. T. Polyak, Introduction to Optimization, Optimization Software, 1987 (reference [38] of the paper).
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

A Multiple-Choice Secretary Algorithm with Applications to Online Auctions: The Recursive k-Choice Secretary Algorithm Earns at Least (1 − 5/√k) Times the Sum of the k Largest ValuesResearch Paper

Motivation

The secretary problem asks how well an online decision maker can do when items arrive one at a time in random order and each must be accepted or rejected on the spot. With a single selection, the classical rule (observe a 1/e1/e1/e fraction, then take the first item better than everything seen) selects the best item with probability about 1/e1/e1/e, and no rule does better. Many allocation problems are not single-choice: a seller with kkk identical goods facing bidders who arrive over time, an advertiser with a budget of kkk impressions, an employer with kkk openings. Each asks the multiple-choice secretary problem: how much of the best achievable total can an online rule collect when kkk selections are allowed?

Kleinberg's 2005 SODA paper answered this for the sum objective. It gave a recursive algorithm whose expected total is at least (1−5/k)(1 - 5/\sqrt k)(1−5/k​) times the sum of the kkk largest values, so the ratio tends to 111 as kkk grows, and stated a matching 1−Ω(1/k)1 - \Omega(\sqrt{1/k})1−Ω(1/k​) upper bound for every algorithm, whose proof the extended abstract omits. The motivating application was online auctions: the algorithm becomes a strategyproof mechanism for selling kkk identical items to bidders who arrive and depart over time, extending the single-item online auction of Hajiaghayi, Kleinberg and Parkes (EC 2004).

Timeline. Dynkin (1963) and the classical literature settle k=1k = 1k=1 with ratio 1/e1/e1/e. Hajiaghayi, Kleinberg and Parkes (2004) turn the single-item rule into an online auction. Kleinberg (2005) proves 1−O(1/k)1 - O(1/\sqrt k)1−O(1/k​) for kkk selections, with the explicit constant 555. Babaioff, Immorlica, Kempe and Kleinberg (2008) survey the resulting family of generalized secretary problems and their use in online auctions.

Setting

Let SSS be a finite set of nnn distinct non-negative real numbers. The elements of SSS are revealed in a uniformly random order: each of the n!n!n! orders has probability 1/n!1/n!1/n!. After each arrival the algorithm decides, irrevocably and using only the values seen so far, whether to select it. At most k≥1k \ge 1k≥1 elements may be selected. Write TTT for the set of the kkk largest elements of SSS (all of SSS if k>nk > nk>n) and

v=∑x∈Txv = \sum_{x \in T} xv=x∈T∑​x

for their sum, the best total any rule could collect knowing SSS in advance.

Kleinberg's algorithm Ak\mathcal A_kAk​ is defined by recursion on kkk:

  1. If k=1k = 1k=1, use the classical rule: observe the first ⌊n/e⌋\lfloor n/e \rfloor⌊n/e⌋ arrivals, then select the first later arrival that exceeds all earlier ones, if there is one.
  2. If k≥2k \ge 2k≥2, draw mmm from the binomial distribution B(n,1/2)B(n, 1/2)B(n,1/2). Apply Aℓ\mathcal A_\ellAℓ​, with ℓ=⌊k/2⌋\ell = \lfloor k/2 \rfloorℓ=⌊k/2⌋, to the first mmm arrivals. Let y1>y2>⋯>ymy_1 > y_2 > \dots > y_my1​>y2​>⋯>ym​ be those mmm values in decreasing order. After the mmm-th arrival, select every arrival exceeding yℓy_\ellyℓ​, until kkk elements have been selected in total or the sequence ends.

The expected value of the algorithm is taken over the random order and over every binomial draw at every level of the recursion.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.1

E[∑x selected by Akx]  ≥  (1−5k) vfor every S⊂R≥0 finite and every k≥1.\mathbb E\Big[\sum_{x \text{ selected by } \mathcal A_k} x\Big] \;\ge\; \Big(1 - \frac{5}{\sqrt k}\Big)\, v \qquad \text{for every } S \subset \mathbb R_{\ge 0} \text{ finite and every } k \ge 1.E[x selected by Ak​∑​x]≥(1−k​5​)vfor every S⊂R≥0​ finite and every k≥1.

The statement is uniform in nnn and kkk; it says nothing beyond the explicit constant 555 printed in the paper.

Milestones: the claims of the proof sketch

The paper proves the theorem by induction on kkk. Its sketch introduces YYY, the set of the first mmm arrivals, Z=S∖YZ = S \setminus YZ=S∖Y, the modified value of a set (the sum of its elements lying in TTT), and qqq, the number of elements of ZZZ exceeding yℓy_\ellyℓ​. The milestones are its stated claims, in order:

  1. YYY is uniformly distributed on the 2n2^n2n subsets of SSS.
  2. ∣Y∩T∣|Y \cap T|∣Y∩T∣ has the distribution B(k,1/2)B(k, 1/2)B(k,1/2).
  3. Conditional on ∣Y∩T∣=r|Y \cap T| = r∣Y∩T∣=r, the expected modified value of YYY is (r/k)v(r/k)v(r/k)v.
  4. The displayed bound ∑r=1kPr⁡(∣Y∩T∣=r) min⁡(r,ℓ)k v≥(1−12k)v2\sum_{r=1}^{k}\Pr(|Y\cap T| = r)\,\frac{\min(r,\ell)}{k}\,v \ge \big(1 - \frac{1}{2\sqrt k}\big)\frac v2∑r=1k​Pr(∣Y∩T∣=r)kmin(r,ℓ)​v≥(1−2k​1​)2v​ with ℓ=k/2\ell = k/2ℓ=k/2.
  5. The top ℓ=k/2\ell = k/2ℓ=k/2 elements of YYY have expected modified value at least (1−12k)v2\big(1 - \frac{1}{2\sqrt k}\big)\frac v2(1−2k​1​)2v​.
  6. E ∣q−ℓ∣≤k\mathbb E\,|q - \ell| \le \sqrt kE∣q−ℓ∣≤k​.
  7. The elements the algorithm selects from ZZZ have expected modified value at least (12−1/k)v\big(\frac12 - \sqrt{1/k}\big)v(21​−1/k​)v.
  8. The closing computation (1−5k/2)(1−12k)12+12−1k>1−5k\big(1 - \frac{5}{\sqrt{k/2}}\big)\big(1 - \frac{1}{2\sqrt k}\big)\frac12 + \frac12 - \sqrt{\frac1k} > 1 - \frac{5}{\sqrt k}(1−k/2​5​)(1−2k​1​)21​+21​−k1​​>1−k​5​.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2.1 shows that random arrival order costs only a 1−O(1/k)1 - O(1/\sqrt k)1−O(1/k​) factor when many items are sold, against the constant 1/e1/e1/e for a single item. With the paper's matching upper bound, it pins down the optimal rate for the kkk-choice problem. It is the base of the paper's strategyproof online auction for kkk identical goods and a standard reference point for the later literature on secretary problems with combinatorial constraints and on online allocation in the random-order model.

Formalizing it. The paper is a two-page extended abstract, and the theorem's proof is a sketch: several steps are described as "easy", a stochastic-domination argument is stated without detail, and the behaviour of the algorithm when fewer than ℓ\ellℓ elements have been observed is not specified. A machine-checked proof would supply the complete argument for the explicit constant. The result is proved on paper only in this sketch; no machine-checked proof of it is known.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fixes m=n/2m = n/2m=n/2 and treats the threshold yℓy_\ellyℓ​ as if it split the remaining elements exactly. Both steps fail. With a fixed mmm, the first mmm arrivals are not a uniform subset of SSS and ∣Y∩T∣|Y \cap T|∣Y∩T∣ is hypergeometric, so the clean binomial computations of the sketch are not available; the binomial choice of mmm is what makes YYY uniform. And the number qqq of later elements beyond yℓy_\ellyℓ​ fluctuates by order k\sqrt kk​: the second phase may run out of budget before reaching all of T∩ZT \cap ZT∩Z, or accept elements outside TTT. Controlling this fluctuation, while the cap of kkk also counts the first phase's selections, is the central step. The induction must then combine a recursive guarantee on a random, random-sized prefix with this estimate.

Formalization scope

The Lean development fixes these conventions.

  • SSS is a Finset ℝ with all elements non-negative; distinctness is automatic. The arrival at time ttt (0-based) under the order π∈Perm(Fin n)\pi \in \mathrm{Perm}(\mathrm{Fin}\, n)π∈Perm(Finn) is the π(t)\pi(t)π(t)-th smallest element of SSS, and expectations over the order use the published uniform average SecretaryWD.DiscUpper.uniformAvg.
  • The algorithm is a PMF over sets of selected positions, defined by well-founded recursion on kkk. The base case is the published SecretaryWD.DiscUpper.classicalSecretary. B(n,1/2)B(n, 1/2)B(n,1/2) is Mathlib's PMF.binomial (1/2). At k=0k = 0k=0 the algorithm selects nothing, for totality only; all statements assume k≥1k \ge 1k≥1.
  • When the first phase has seen fewer than ℓ\ellℓ arrivals (m<ℓm < \ellm<ℓ), yℓy_\ellyℓ​ is taken to be −∞-\infty−∞: every later arrival is selected until the cap. The page does not specify this case; under the reading "select nothing", the theorem fails when nnn is much smaller than kkk.
  • The cap of kkk counts the selections of both phases. A cap applied to the second phase alone would let the algorithm select up to k+ℓk + \ellk+ℓ elements and is excluded.
  • The goal mentions only the algorithm, the order, SSS, kkk and vvv. It does not mention YYY, ZZZ, qqq or the modified value, which appear only in milestones, so the goal cannot be discharged by assuming any part of the sketch.
  • Three milestone hypotheses are added and disclosed: k≤nk \le nk≤n for milestones 2, 3, 5 and 6 (for n<kn < kn<k the law of ∣Y∩T∣|Y \cap T|∣Y∩T∣ is B(n,1/2)B(n, 1/2)B(n,1/2), and milestone 6 fails); kkk even for milestone 5 (the sketch writes ℓ=k/2\ell = k/2ℓ=k/2; for odd kkk with ℓ=⌊k/2⌋\ell = \lfloor k/2\rfloorℓ=⌊k/2⌋ the bound fails at k=3k = 3k=3). Milestone 4 uses the real number ℓ=k/2\ell = k/2ℓ=k/2, as printed; with ⌊k/2⌋\lfloor k/2\rfloor⌊k/2⌋ it fails for odd kkk.

A complete development needs: the uniform-subset law of a binomially sized random prefix; conditional expectations over random subsets; tail and absolute-deviation bounds for sums of geometric variables and a stochastic-domination argument; and a careful treatment of the recursion through PMF.bind. The first and third are reusable beyond this mission, for other random-order and sample-based algorithms. Proofs of any milestone, of auxiliary lemmas about the random prefix, and of the goal by a route different from the sketch are all welcome.

Selected references

  • R. Kleinberg, A multiple-choice secretary algorithm with applications to online auctions, Proceedings of the 16th ACM-SIAM Symposium on Discrete Algorithms (SODA), 2005.
  • M. T. Hajiaghayi, R. Kleinberg, D. C. Parkes, Adaptive limited-supply online auctions, Proceedings of the 5th ACM Conference on Electronic Commerce (EC), 2004, pp. 71–80. https://doi.org/10.1145/988772.988784
  • E. B. Dynkin, The optimum choice of the instant for stopping a Markov process, Soviet Mathematics Doklady 4, 1963.
  • T. S. Ferguson, Who solved the secretary problem?, Statistical Science 4(3), 1989. https://doi.org/10.1214/ss/1177012493
  • M. Babaioff, N. Immorlica, D. Kempe, R. Kleinberg, Online auctions and generalized secretary problems, ACM SIGecom Exchanges, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1145/1399589.1399596
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear algebraOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Flows and Decompositions of Games: Harmonic and Potential Games 5: Every ϵ-Equilibrium of the Closest Potential Game Is an (ϵ + max_m 2α/√h_m)-Equilibrium of the Game, and ConverselyResearch Paper

Motivation

Potential games (Monderer and Shapley, 1996) are the finite games whose unilateral payoff differences are all differences of a single function, the potential. They always have a pure Nash equilibrium, and many natural learning dynamics (best response, fictitious play, logit response) converge in them. Most games met in applications are not exactly potential games, so a recurring question is how much of this theory survives for a game that is close to a potential game.

Candogan, Menache, Ozdaglar and Parrilo (arXiv:1005.2405, journal version Math. Oper. Res. 36(3), 2011) decompose the space of finite games into potential, harmonic and nonstrategic components. Section 6 of the paper equips the space of games with a weighted inner product under which this decomposition is orthogonal, computes the closest potential game to any game in closed form, and shows that approximate equilibria of a game and of its closest potential game correspond, with an explicit loss controlled by the distance between them. This mission formalizes that last result together with the statements it rests on.

Setting

A finite game has a finite set of players M\mathcal MM; each player mmm has a nonempty finite strategy set EmE^mEm with hm=∣Em∣h_m = |E^m|hm​=∣Em∣ elements, and a utility um:E→Ru^m : E \to \mathbb Rum:E→R on the set of strategy profiles E=∏mEmE = \prod_m E^mE=∏m​Em. For a profile ppp, (qm,p−m)(q^m, p^{-m})(qm,p−m) denotes ppp with player mmm's strategy replaced by qmq^mqm.

A profile ppp is an ϵ\epsilonϵ-equilibrium if um(pm,p−m)≥um(qm,p−m)−ϵu^m(p^m, p^{-m}) \ge u^m(q^m, p^{-m}) - \epsilonum(pm,p−m)≥um(qm,p−m)−ϵ for every player mmm and strategy qmq^mqm (equation (2) of the paper). A game is a potential game if there is φ:E→R\varphi : E \to \mathbb Rφ:E→R with φ(pm,p−m)−φ(qm,p−m)=um(pm,p−m)−um(qm,p−m)\varphi(p^m, p^{-m}) - \varphi(q^m, p^{-m}) = u^m(p^m, p^{-m}) - u^m(q^m, p^{-m})φ(pm,p−m)−φ(qm,p−m)=um(pm,p−m)−um(qm,p−m) for all mmm, pmp^mpm, qmq^mqm, p−mp^{-m}p−m (Definition 2.1).

A game is identified with its tuple of utilities, an element of C0MC_0^MC0M​ where C0={f:E→R}C_0 = \{f : E \to \mathbb R\}C0​={f:E→R}. The game graph has the profiles as nodes, with an edge between two profiles that differ in exactly one player's strategy. The operator DmD_mDm​ sends umu^mum to its differences along the edges where player mmm deviates, D=∑mDmD = \sum_m D_mD=∑m​Dm​, δ0\delta_0δ0​ is the gradient of the game graph, Πm=Dm†Dm\Pi_m = D_m^\dagger D_mΠm​=Dm†​Dm​, and †\dagger† is the Moore–Penrose pseudoinverse. Definition 4.2 defines the potential, harmonic and nonstrategic subspaces

P={u=Πu, Du∈im⁡δ0},H={u=Πu, Du∈ker⁡δ0∗},N=ker⁡D,\mathcal P = \{u = \Pi u,\ Du \in \operatorname{im}\delta_0\},\qquad \mathcal H = \{u = \Pi u,\ Du \in \ker\delta_0^*\},\qquad \mathcal N = \ker D ,P={u=Πu, Du∈imδ0​},H={u=Πu, Du∈kerδ0∗​},N=kerD,

and a harmonic game is a game in H⊕N\mathcal H \oplus \mathcal NH⊕N.

Section 6 introduces the weighted inner product and norm

⟨G,G^⟩M,E=∑mhm∑p∈Eum(p) u^m(p),∥G∥M,E2=⟨G,G⟩M,E.\langle G, \hat G\rangle_{M,E} = \sum_{m} h_m \sum_{p \in E} u^m(p)\,\hat u^m(p), \qquad \|G\|_{M,E}^2 = \langle G, G\rangle_{M,E} .⟨G,G^⟩M,E​=m∑​hm​p∈E∑​um(p)u^m(p),∥G∥M,E2​=⟨G,G⟩M,E​.

A closest potential game to GGG is a potential game G^\hat GG^ with ∥G−G^∥M,E≤∥G−G′∥M,E\|G - \hat G\|_{M,E} \le \|G - G'\|_{M,E}∥G−G^∥M,E​≤∥G−G′∥M,E​ for every potential game G′G'G′; a closest harmonic game is defined in the same way.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.3

Let G^\hat GG^ be the closest potential game to GGG and α=∥G−G^∥M,E\alpha = \|G - \hat G\|_{M,E}α=∥G−G^∥M,E​. Then for every ϵ1\epsilon_1ϵ1​, every ϵ1\epsilon_1ϵ1​-equilibrium of G^\hat GG^ is an ϵ\epsilonϵ-equilibrium of GGG, and every ϵ1\epsilon_1ϵ1​-equilibrium of GGG is an ϵ\epsilonϵ-equilibrium of G^\hat GG^, where

ϵ=max⁡m∈M2αhm+ϵ1.\epsilon = \max_{m \in \mathcal M} \frac{2\alpha}{\sqrt{h_m}} + \epsilon_1 .ϵ=m∈Mmax​hm​​2α​+ϵ1​.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2.1. If ∣um(p)−u^m(p)∣≤ϵ0|u^m(p) - \hat u^m(p)| \le \epsilon_0∣um(p)−u^m(p)∣≤ϵ0​ for all mmm and ppp, every ϵ1\epsilon_1ϵ1​-equilibrium of one game is a (2ϵ0+ϵ1)(2\epsilon_0 + \epsilon_1)(2ϵ0​+ϵ1​)-equilibrium of the other.
  2. Theorem 5.1. The set of potential games is the subspace P⊕N\mathcal P \oplus \mathcal NP⊕N.
  3. Theorem 6.1. Under ⟨⋅,⋅⟩M,E\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle_{M,E}⟨⋅,⋅⟩M,E​ the subspaces P\mathcal PP, H\mathcal HH, N\mathcal NN are pairwise orthogonal.
  4. Theorem 6.2. With φ=δ0†Du\varphi = \delta_0^\dagger D uφ=δ0†​Du, the closest potential game to GGG has utilities Πmφ+(I−Πm)um\Pi_m \varphi + (I - \Pi_m)u^mΠm​φ+(I−Πm​)um, and the closest harmonic game has utilities um−Πmφu^m - \Pi_m\varphium−Πm​φ.

Significance

The result. Theorem 6.3 reduces the study of approximate equilibria of an arbitrary finite game to a potential game, where pure equilibria exist and are maximizers of the potential. Section 7 of the paper reports that, in a companion paper, best-response and fictitious-play dynamics are shown to converge to a neighbourhood of equilibria in near-potential games, with the size of the neighbourhood governed by the distance of the game to its closest potential game. Theorems 6.1 and 6.2 make that distance computable: the closest potential game is an orthogonal projection, given by linear operators of the game graph.

Formalizing it. All four statements are proved in the paper; none of them is machine-checked anywhere known to this mission. A formal development produces a verified operator layer for games on the game graph (gradient, pseudoinverses, the projections Πm\Pi_mΠm​), a verified proof that the weighted inner product, and not the unweighted one, makes the decomposition orthogonal, and a reusable perturbation lemma for ϵ\epsilonϵ-equilibria.

Difficulty

Lemma 2.1 and the final step of Theorem 6.3 are elementary inequalities. The obvious way to approximate a game by a potential game, taking the identical-interest part of its zero-sum/identical-interest split, does not give the closest potential game: the paper's Table 7 (p. 35) shows a potential game whose identical-interest part is far from it. The closest potential game has to come from the projection of Section 6. The weight of the mission is in Theorems 5.1, 6.1 and 6.2. They need the decomposition theorem of Section 4 (every game splits uniquely into P\mathcal PP, H\mathcal HH, N\mathcal NN) and properties of pseudoinverses of the operators DmD_mDm​ and δ0\delta_0δ0​ that Mathlib does not provide: Mathlib has no operator pseudoinverse at all. The orthogonality P⊥H\mathcal P \perp \mathcal HP⊥H under the weighted product rests on the specific spectral structure of the Laplacian of the graph of a single player's deviations; it is not a general fact, and it fails for the unweighted product when the hmh_mhm​ differ, so the standard orthogonal-complement machinery cannot be applied to C0MC_0^MC0M​ with its default inner product.

Formalization scope

Players are a finite type ι with decidable equality; strategy sets are finite types E m. Utilities are plain functions u : ι → (∀ m, E m) → ℝ, the shape used by the published MondererShapley.ClosedPath.IsPotentialGame, which is referenced for Definition 2.1. The operator layer works in PiLp 2 (fun _ => EuclideanSpace ℝ (∀ k, E k)) with the unweighted inner product of Section 4; edge flows carry the inner product 12∑(p,q)∈AX(p,q)Y(p,q)\tfrac12\sum_{(p,q)\in A} X(p,q)Y(p,q)21​∑(p,q)∈A​X(p,q)Y(p,q) of (7). The weighted inner product (55) and norm (56) are plain functions, not a second instance on the same type. "Closest" is the minimizing property itself, not an infimum of distances.

Hypotheses made explicit: every strategy set is nonempty (the paper's Em={1,…,hm}E^m = \{1,\dots,h_m\}Em={1,…,hm​}), so hm≥1h_m \ge 1hm​≥1; in Theorem 6.3 the set of players is nonempty, which the maximum over players needs. The paper's "an ϵ\epsilonϵ-equilibrium for some ϵ≤B\epsilon \le Bϵ≤B" is stated as "a BBB-equilibrium", which is equivalent because (2) is monotone in ϵ\epsilonϵ. Both directions of Lemma 2.1 and Theorem 6.3 are included.

The goal is stated for the closest potential game, as printed. A version for an arbitrary potential game at distance α\alphaα would be a different theorem, and the hypothesis is not vacuous: Theorem 6.2 shows the closest potential game exists. Theorem 6.2 is stated as an "if and only if" characterization, so it gives existence and uniqueness as well as the formula.

Contributions welcome: the Penrose identities for the pseudoinverse, the identities D†D=ΠD^\dagger D = \PiD†D=Π and Δ0,m=hmΠm\Delta_{0,m} = h_m \Pi_mΔ0,m​=hm​Πm​, and the decomposition theorem of Section 4, all of which are reusable by the other missions of this series.

Selected references

  • O. Candogan, I. Menache, A. Ozdaglar, P. A. Parrilo, Flows and Decompositions of Games: Harmonic and Potential Games, arXiv:1005.2405v2, 2010; Math. Oper. Res. 36(3):474–503, 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/1005.2405, https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1110.0500
  • D. Monderer, L. S. Shapley, Potential Games, Games Econ. Behav. 14(1):124–143, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1006/game.1996.0044
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear algebraOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Flows and Decompositions of Games: Harmonic and Potential Games 1: Every Finite Game Decomposes Uniquely into Potential, Harmonic and Nonstrategic ComponentsResearch Paper

Motivation

Potential games (Monderer and Shapley, 1996) are the finite games whose incentives are captured by a single function on strategy profiles: every unilateral change of strategy changes the deviator's payoff by exactly the change of a common potential. They have pure Nash equilibria, and natural learning dynamics such as better-reply and fictitious play converge in them. Most games are not potential games, however, and before Candogan, Menache, Ozdaglar and Parrilo there was no canonical way to say how far a given game is from one, or what the remainder looks like.

Their paper (arXiv:1005.2405; Math. Oper. Res. 36(3), 2011) answers this by viewing a game as a flow on a graph. The payoff differences between profiles that differ in one player's strategy form an edge flow on the game graph, and the classical Helmholtz (Hodge) decomposition of edge flows into gradient, harmonic and curl parts (Jiang, Lim, Yao, Ye, 2011) pulls back to a decomposition of the game itself. Every finite game becomes the sum of a potential game, a harmonic game and a component that carries no strategic information. The decomposition is the basis for the rest of the paper (equilibria of harmonic games, projections onto potential games, approximate equilibria) and for later work on dynamics in near-potential games.

Setting

Fix a finite set of players M\mathcal MM and, for each player mmm, a finite nonempty strategy set EmE^mEm with hm=∣Em∣h_m = |E^m|hm​=∣Em∣ elements. A strategy profile is p=(pm)m∈E=∏mEmp = (p^m)_m \in E = \prod_m E^mp=(pm)m​∈E=∏m​Em, and p−mp^{-m}p−m denotes the strategies of the players other than mmm. A game is a family of utilities u=(um)mu = (u^m)_mu=(um)m​ with um:E→Ru^m : E \to \mathbb Rum:E→R, so the space of games is GM,E≅C0M\mathcal G_{\mathcal M,E} \cong C_0^{\mathcal M}GM,E​≅C0M​, where C0={E→R}C_0 = \{E \to \mathbb R\}C0​={E→R} with ⟨φ,ψ⟩0=∑pφ(p)ψ(p)\langle \varphi,\psi\rangle_0 = \sum_p \varphi(p)\psi(p)⟨φ,ψ⟩0​=∑p​φ(p)ψ(p).

Two profiles are mmm-comparable if they are distinct and differ only in player mmm's strategy. The game graph has the profiles as nodes and an edge between comparable profiles. An edge flow is a function X:E×E→RX : E\times E\to\mathbb RX:E×E→R that is antisymmetric on edges and zero off edges; the space C1C_1C1​ of edge flows carries ⟨X,Y⟩1=12∑(p,q) edgeX(p,q)Y(p,q)\langle X,Y\rangle_1 = \tfrac12\sum_{(p,q)\text{ edge}} X(p,q)Y(p,q)⟨X,Y⟩1​=21​∑(p,q) edge​X(p,q)Y(p,q). Triangular flows C2C_2C2​ live on ordered 3-cliques.

The operators are: the gradient (δ0φ)(p,q)=W(p,q)(φ(q)−φ(p))(\delta_0\varphi)(p,q) = W(p,q)(\varphi(q)-\varphi(p))(δ0​φ)(p,q)=W(p,q)(φ(q)−φ(p)), with WWW the edge indicator; the curl (δ1X)(p,q,r)=X(p,q)+X(q,r)+X(r,p)(\delta_1X)(p,q,r) = X(p,q)+X(q,r)+X(r,p)(δ1​X)(p,q,r)=X(p,q)+X(q,r)+X(r,p) on 3-cliques; the per-player gradient (Dmφ)(p,q)=Wm(p,q)(φ(q)−φ(p))(D_m\varphi)(p,q) = W^m(p,q)(\varphi(q)-\varphi(p))(Dm​φ)(p,q)=Wm(p,q)(φ(q)−φ(p)), with WmW^mWm the indicator of mmm-comparability; and D:C0M→C1D : C_0^{\mathcal M}\to C_1D:C0M​→C1​, Du=∑mDmumDu = \sum_m D_m u^mDu=∑m​Dm​um, the flow of pairwise comparisons of uuu. Adjoints are written ∗{}^*∗ and Moore–Penrose pseudoinverses †{}^\dagger†. The space C0MC_0^{\mathcal M}C0M​ carries the unweighted inner product ∑m⟨um,vm⟩0\sum_m\langle u^m,v^m\rangle_0∑m​⟨um,vm⟩0​. Further, Δ1=δ1∗δ1+δ0δ0∗\Delta_1 = \delta_1^*\delta_1+\delta_0\delta_0^*Δ1​=δ1∗​δ1​+δ0​δ0∗​, Δ0,m=Dm∗Dm\Delta_{0,m} = D_m^*D_mΔ0,m​=Dm∗​Dm​, Πm=Dm†Dm\Pi_m = D_m^\dagger D_mΠm​=Dm†​Dm​, and Π=diag⁡(Π1,…,ΠM)\Pi = \operatorname{diag}(\Pi_1,\dots,\Pi_M)Π=diag(Π1​,…,ΠM​).

A game is normalized if ∑pmum(pm,p−m)=0\sum_{p^m} u^m(p^m,p^{-m}) = 0∑pm​um(pm,p−m)=0 for all p−mp^{-m}p−m and mmm (Definition 4.1). The potential, harmonic and nonstrategic subspaces are (Definition 4.2)

P={u∣u=Πu, Du∈im⁡δ0},H={u∣u=Πu, Du∈ker⁡δ0∗},N=ker⁡D.\mathcal P = \{u \mid u = \Pi u,\ Du\in\operatorname{im}\delta_0\},\qquad \mathcal H = \{u \mid u = \Pi u,\ Du\in\ker\delta_0^*\},\qquad \mathcal N = \ker D .P={u∣u=Πu, Du∈imδ0​},H={u∣u=Πu, Du∈kerδ0∗​},N=kerD.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1

GM,E=P⊕H⊕N,\mathcal G_{\mathcal M,E} = \mathcal P\oplus\mathcal H\oplus\mathcal N,GM,E​=P⊕H⊕N,

and every game uuu splits as u=uP+uH+uNu = u_P + u_H + u_Nu=uP​+uH​+uN​ with

uP=D†δ0δ0†Du∈P,uH=D†(I−δ0δ0†)Du∈H,uN=(I−D†D)u∈N,u_P = D^\dagger\delta_0\delta_0^\dagger Du\in\mathcal P,\quad u_H = D^\dagger(I-\delta_0\delta_0^\dagger)Du\in\mathcal H,\quad u_N = (I-D^\dagger D)u\in\mathcal N,uP​=D†δ0​δ0†​Du∈P,uH​=D†(I−δ0​δ0†​)Du∈H,uN​=(I−D†D)u∈N,

where φ=δ0†Du\varphi = \delta_0^\dagger Duφ=δ0†​Du is a potential function of uPu_PuP​, i.e. DuP=δ0φDu_P = \delta_0\varphiDuP​=δ0​φ.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 3.1 (Helmholtz decomposition), on an arbitrary finite graph: C1=im⁡δ0⊕ker⁡Δ1⊕im⁡δ1∗C_1 = \operatorname{im}\delta_0\oplus\ker\Delta_1\oplus\operatorname{im}\delta_1^*C1​=imδ0​⊕kerΔ1​⊕imδ1∗​, orthogonally, with ker⁡Δ1=ker⁡δ1∩ker⁡δ0∗\ker\Delta_1 = \ker\delta_1\cap\ker\delta_0^*kerΔ1​=kerδ1​∩kerδ0∗​.
  2. Lemma 4.1: Δ0,m=hmΠm\Delta_{0,m} = h_m\Pi_mΔ0,m​=hm​Πm​.
  3. Lemma 4.2: ker⁡Dm=ker⁡Πm=ker⁡Δ0,m\ker D_m = \ker\Pi_m = \ker\Delta_{0,m}kerDm​=kerΠm​=kerΔ0,m​, with an explicit basis indexed by E−mE^{-m}E−m.
  4. Lemma 4.4 (i)–(v): Dm†=1hmDm∗D_m^\dagger = \tfrac1{h_m}D_m^*Dm†​=hm​1​Dm∗​; (∑iDi)†Dj=(∑iDi∗Di)†Dj∗Dj(\sum_iD_i)^\dagger D_j = (\sum_iD_i^*D_i)^\dagger D_j^*D_j(∑i​Di​)†Dj​=(∑i​Di∗​Di​)†Dj∗​Dj​; D†=[D1†;… ;DM†]D^\dagger = [D_1^\dagger;\dots;D_M^\dagger]D†=[D1†​;…;DM†​]; Π=D†D\Pi = D^\dagger DΠ=D†D; DD†δ0=δ0DD^\dagger\delta_0 = \delta_0DD†δ0​=δ0​.
  5. Lemma 4.5: uuu normalized   ⟺  \iff⟺ Πmum=um\Pi_mu^m = u^mΠm​um=um for all mmm   ⟺  \iff⟺ Πu=u\Pi u = uΠu=u   ⟺  \iff⟺ u∈(ker⁡D)⊥u\in(\ker D)^\perpu∈(kerD)⊥.

Lemma 4.6 (the unique normalized game with the same pairwise comparisons is Πu\Pi uΠu) is included as a supporting theorem.

Significance

The decomposition turns questions about a game into questions about its three components. The potential component inherits the equilibrium and convergence theory of potential games. The harmonic component has a sharply different structure: harmonic games generically have no pure equilibrium, and in each of them the uniformly mixed profile is a mixed equilibrium. The nonstrategic component does not affect any equilibrium notion. The closed-form expressions also give the potential game closest to a given game, and with it bounds relating the approximate equilibria of the two games. The other missions of this series formalize those consequences; all of them rest on the operator layer and the subspaces defined here.

Theorem 4.1 is proved in the paper; to our knowledge it has not been machine-checked. A formal development produces graph-flow infrastructure that Mathlib does not yet have: edge and triangular flows with their inner products, the combinatorial gradient and curl, the Helmholtz decomposition of a finite graph, and an operator Moore–Penrose pseudoinverse on finite-dimensional inner product spaces. The paper leaves Theorem 3.1 to the literature, so a full development needs a proof of it. The pseudoinverse identities of Lemma 4.4 also have a short appendix argument in the paper that a formal proof has to make complete.

Difficulty

The decomposition is not orthogonal decomposition along a single map. The subspaces P\mathcal PP and H\mathcal HH are defined through Π\PiΠ, which is assembled player by player from the DmD_mDm​, while the flow conditions involve δ0\delta_0δ0​ and the combined operator DDD. Connecting the two requires the player operators to have mutually orthogonal ranges (Dk∗Dm=0D_k^*D_m = 0Dk∗​Dm​=0 for k≠mk\ne mk=m) and the explicit form of Dm∗DmD_m^*D_mDm∗​Dm​ as a scaled projection. Without these, Π=D†D\Pi = D^\dagger DΠ=D†D (Lemma 4.4 (iv)) and DD†δ0=δ0DD^\dagger\delta_0 = \delta_0DD†δ0​=δ0​ (Lemma 4.4 (v)) are not available, and they are what make the formulas for uPu_PuP​ and uHu_HuH​ land in P\mathcal PP and H\mathcal HH. A direct attempt to apply the Helmholtz decomposition to DuDuDu produces a flow decomposition, not a game decomposition; the pullback through DDD is not formal, because DDD is neither injective nor surjective.

Formalization scope

Players form a Fintype ι; strategy sets are E : ι → Type with Fintype, DecidableEq and Nonempty instances, and hmh_mhm​ is Fintype.card (E m). Profiles are ∀ m, E m, and (qm,p−m)(q^m,p^{-m})(qm,p−m) is Function.update p m q. The game graph is a Mathlib SimpleGraph; comparability requires p≠qp\ne qp=q, so the graph has no loops, as the Laplacian (15) requires. C0C_0C0​ is EuclideanSpace ℝ on profiles. C1C_1C1​ and C2C_2C2​ are type synonyms of the subspaces of antisymmetric (resp. alternating) functions, with inner products built from (7), including the factor 12\tfrac1221​ on C1C_1C1​. Lemma 4.4 (i) fails without it. The space of games is PiLp 2 of copies of C0C_0C0​, whose inner product is the unweighted sum used on p. 14, not the weighted inner product of the paper's Section 6. Adjoints are LinearMap.adjoint. The pseudoinverse is defined explicitly as the inverse of LLL on (ker⁡L)⊥(\ker L)^\perp(kerL)⊥ composed with the orthogonal projection onto im⁡L\operatorname{im}LimL.

P\mathcal PP, H\mathcal HH and N\mathcal NN are defined by (28), not as the ranges of the component maps; the direct-sum part of the goal is stated independently of the formulas, so the goal cannot be satisfied by construction. Lemma 4.4 is split into five items, one per identity. "Orthogonal decomposition" in Theorem 3.1 is stated as pairwise orthogonality plus spanning. The paper's statements have no hypotheses beyond the setting, and none were added except nonemptiness of the strategy sets, which the paper assumes by writing Em={1,…,hm}E^m = \{1,\dots,h_m\}Em={1,…,hm​}.

Welcome contributions: a proof of the Helmholtz decomposition on a finite simple graph, general facts about the pseudoinverse (Penrose identities, L†LL^\dagger LL†L is the projection onto (ker⁡L)⊥(\ker L)^\perp(kerL)⊥, invariance under rescaling of inner products), and the explicit adjoint formulas (12) and (22).

Selected references

  • O. Candogan, I. Menache, A. Ozdaglar, P. A. Parrilo, Flows and Decompositions of Games: Harmonic and Potential Games, arXiv:1005.2405v2, 2010; Mathematics of Operations Research 36(3):474–503, 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/1005.2405, https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1110.0500
  • D. Monderer, L. S. Shapley, Potential Games, Games and Economic Behavior 14(1):124–143, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1006/game.1996.0044
  • X. Jiang, L.-H. Lim, Y. Yao, Y. Ye, Statistical Ranking and Combinatorial Hodge Theory, Mathematical Programming 127:203–244, 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/0811.1067
  • R. Penrose, A generalized inverse for matrices, Mathematical Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 51(3):406–413, 1955. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0305004100030401
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Centralized and Competitive Inventory Models with Demand Substitution 1: The Competitive Substitution Game Has a Nash Equilibrium, Unique and Globally Stable When Substitution Rates Sum Below OneResearch Paper

Motivation

A retailer that carries several substitutable products, such as brands of the same item or sizes of the same garment, must choose stock levels before demand is known. When a product runs out, some of its customers buy another product instead. Inventory models with this demand substitution go back to McGillivray and Silver (1978, INFOR 16(1)) and Parlar and Goyal (1984). When the products are run by different firms, each firm's stock affects the demand its competitors see, and stocking becomes a game. Parlar (1988) proved existence and uniqueness of the equilibrium for two products; Lippman and McCardle (1997) treated a symmetric version of the game with an arbitrary number of firms.

Netessine and Rudi (SSRN 303779, working paper 2002; journal version in Operations Research 51(2), 2003) treat nnn products with a general joint demand distribution and general prices and costs, under both centralized and competitive management. This mission formalizes their analysis of the competitive game (§2.2): the first-order characterization of its Nash equilibria (Proposition 3) and the existence, uniqueness and global stability of the equilibrium (Proposition 4).

Setting

There are nnn products, indexed i=1,…,ni=1,\dots,ni=1,…,n, sold in a single period. Product iii is stocked at Qi≥0Q_i\ge0Qi​≥0 units at unit cost cic_ici​, sold at unit price rir_iri​, and leftovers are salvaged at sis_isi​, with ri>ci>si>0r_i>c_i>s_i>0ri​>ci​>si​>0. Write ui=ri−ciu_i=r_i-c_iui​=ri​−ci​ (underage cost) and oi=ci−sio_i=c_i-s_ioi​=ci​−si​ (overage cost).

The first-choice demand D=(D1,…,Dn)D=(D_1,\dots,D_n)D=(D1​,…,Dn​) is a random vector with a known continuous joint distribution with positive support. A fraction aij∈[0,1]a_{ij}\in[0,1]aij​∈[0,1] of the customers who want product iii and find it out of stock buy product jjj instead, with aii=0a_{ii}=0aii​=0 and ∑jaij<1\sum_{j}a_{ij}<1∑j​aij​<1 for every iii; a customer whose second choice is also out of stock is lost. The effective demand for product iii is

Dis=Di+∑j≠iaji (Dj−Qj)+,D^s_i = D_i + \sum_{j\neq i} a_{ji}\,(D_j-Q_j)^+ ,Dis​=Di​+j=i∑​aji​(Dj​−Qj​)+,

which depends on the other products' stocks Q−iQ_{-i}Q−i​ but not on QiQ_iQi​.

In the competitive model, firm iii chooses QiQ_iQi​ and earns the expected profit

πi(Qi,Q−i)=E[uiDis−ui(Dis−Qi)+−oi(Qi−Dis)+].(9)\pi_i(Q_i,Q_{-i}) = E\big[u_iD^s_i - u_i(D^s_i-Q_i)^+ - o_i(Q_i-D^s_i)^+\big]. \tag{9}πi​(Qi​,Q−i​)=E[ui​Dis​−ui​(Dis​−Qi​)+−oi​(Qi​−Dis​)+].(9)

A best response of firm iii to Q−iQ_{-i}Q−i​ is a stock Qi≥0Q_i\ge0Qi​≥0 maximizing πi(⋅,Q−i)\pi_i(\cdot,Q_{-i})πi​(⋅,Q−i​), and a Nash equilibrium is a stock vector from which no firm gains by deviating.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4

A Nash equilibrium exists, the equilibria are exactly the nonnegative solutions of the first-order conditions

Pr⁡(Di<Qi)−Pr⁡(Di<Qi<Dis)=uiui+oi,i=1,…,n,(10)\Pr(D_i<Q_i) - \Pr(D_i<Q_i<D^s_i) = \frac{u_i}{u_i+o_i},\qquad i=1,\dots,n, \tag{10}Pr(Di​<Qi​)−Pr(Di​<Qi​<Dis​)=ui​+oi​ui​​,i=1,…,n,(10)

and if either ∑iaij<1\sum_{i}a_{ij}<1∑i​aij​<1 for all jjj or ∑jaij<1\sum_{j}a_{ij}<1∑j​aij​<1 for all iii, the equilibrium QdQ^dQd is unique and globally stable: every sequence of simultaneous best responses started at any nonnegative stock vector converges to QdQ^dQd.

Milestones

  1. The derivative ∂πi/∂Qi=ui−(ui+oi)Pr⁡(Dis<Qi)\partial\pi_i/\partial Q_i = u_i-(u_i+o_i)\Pr(D^s_i<Q_i)∂πi​/∂Qi​=ui​−(ui​+oi​)Pr(Dis​<Qi​) (p. 8).
  2. Concavity of πi\pi_iπi​ in QiQ_iQi​ (p. 8).
  3. Proposition 3: a nonnegative stock vector is a Nash equilibrium if and only if it satisfies (10) (p. 8).
  4. Each best response is unique and is characterized by (10) (proof of Proposition 4, p. 9).
  5. The best response of firm iii is nonincreasing in the rivals' stocks, with slope in QjQ_jQj​ at most ajia_{ji}aji​ in absolute value (p. 9).
  6. The simultaneous best-response map is Lipschitz with constant max⁡j∑iaji\max_j\sum_i a_{ji}maxj​∑i​aji​ in the one-norm and max⁡i∑jaji\max_i\sum_j a_{ji}maxi​∑j​aji​ in the infinity-norm (p. 9).

Significance

Proposition 4 makes the competitive equilibrium a well-defined object: a single stock vector, characterized by (10), which can be compared with the centralized optimum (the paper's Proposition 6) and which best-response adjustment reaches from any starting point. Without uniqueness, comparative statements about "the" competitive stocking level would be about an arbitrary selection.

The paper's argument has two gaps that this mission makes explicit. The proof asserts that best responses are single-valued because each profit is concave, and differentiates the best response using a density of DisD^s_iDis​; the bound on the Jacobian is then stated in derivative form. The formal statements replace the derivative bounds by difference (Lipschitz) bounds, which need no differentiability, and state the positivity of the density on which single-valuedness rests. The paper also proves existence by citation to Lippman and McCardle; here existence is part of the goal. No machine-checked proof of these results is known.

Difficulty

The obvious route differentiates the best response implicitly, as the paper does. That requires DisD^s_iDis​ to have a continuous, positive density at the equilibrium quantile, which is not a consequence of a continuous joint law: DisD^s_iDis​ is a piecewise-linear function of DDD, and its distribution function may have kinks. A second point is that concavity of πi\pi_iπi​ alone does not make the best response unique: a demand law whose support has a gap gives πi\pi_iπi​ a flat stretch and an interval of maximizers. Global stability must hold for every sequence of best responses, not for the iterates of one selected best-response function. Finally, the probabilities in (10) use strict inequalities, and their identification with Pr⁡(Dis≤Qi)\Pr(D^s_i\le Q_i)Pr(Dis​≤Qi​) uses that DisD^s_iDis​ has no atoms, which needs a measure-theoretic argument about Dis=Di+g(D−i)D^s_i=D_i+g(D_{-i})Dis​=Di​+g(D−i​) under an absolutely continuous law.

Formalization scope

Products are indexed by Fin n (0-based). The model data and the standing assumptions ri>ci>si>0r_i>c_i>s_i>0ri​>ci​>si​>0, aij∈[0,1]a_{ij}\in[0,1]aij​∈[0,1], aii=0a_{ii}=0aii​=0 and ∑jaij<1\sum_j a_{ij}<1∑j​aij​<1 are fields of a structure Model n. a i j is the share of iii's unmet demand going to jjj, so DisD^s_iDis​ uses a j i. The demand law is a probability measure μ\muμ on Rn\mathbb R^nRn that is absolutely continuous with respect to Lebesgue measure, gives every coordinate a positive value almost surely, and has integrable coordinates; this is the reading of "a known continuous multivariate demand distribution with positive support". Expectations are Bochner integrals and probabilities are μ.real of events, with the strict and weak inequalities as printed.

The stocks range over [0,∞)n[0,\infty)^n[0,∞)n, with no upper bound. A best response maximizes over [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞); a Nash equilibrium is defined by the absence of a profitable deviation, not by (10). Defining equilibria by (10) would make Proposition 3 and half of Proposition 4 true by definition, and is ruled out.

One hypothesis is added beyond the page and disclosed in every statement that uses it: μ\muμ has a Lebesgue density that is strictly positive on the open positive orthant. It is used for single-valued best responses, the slope and contraction bounds, and the goal; the derivative, concavity and Proposition 3 do not use it. In the goal, the second branch of the uniqueness condition, ∑jaij<1\sum_j a_{ij}<1∑j​aij​<1 for all iii, coincides with the standing assumption of §2, so uniqueness always applies within the model; the disjunction is kept as printed. The paper's proof attaches the one-norm bound max⁡j∑iaji\max_j\sum_i a_{ji}maxj​∑i​aji​ to the first branch, which is a column-sum condition on aaa; both branches are true, with the one-norm used for row sums and the infinity-norm for column sums.

A complete development needs: differentiation under the integral sign for piecewise-linear integrands, the absence of atoms of Di+g(D−i)D_i+g(D_{-i})Di​+g(D−i​) under an absolutely continuous law, quantiles of strictly increasing continuous distribution functions, and the Banach fixed-point theorem on the closed nonnegative orthant (Mathlib's ContractingWith). The first two are reusable for every newsvendor model with substitution. Proofs of the milestones in any order are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. Netessine and N. Rudi, Centralized and Competitive Inventory Models with Demand Substitution, Simon School Working Paper OP 02-01, University of Rochester, April 2002, SSRN 303779. https://doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.303779
  • S. Netessine and N. Rudi, Centralized and Competitive Inventory Models with Demand Substitution, Operations Research 51(2):329–335, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.51.2.329.12788
  • S. A. Lippman and K. F. McCardle, The Competitive Newsboy, Operations Research 45(1):54–65, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.45.1.54
  • M. Parlar, Game Theoretic Analysis of the Substitutable Product Inventory Problem with Random Demands, Naval Research Logistics 35(3):397–409, 1988.
  • A. R. McGillivray and E. A. Silver, Some Concepts for Inventory Control under Substitutable Demand, INFOR 16(1):47–63, 1978.
  • M. Parlar and S. K. Goyal, Optimal Ordering Decisions for Two Substitutable Products with Stochastic Demand, OPSEARCH 21(1):1–15, 1984.
  • R. A. Horn and C. R. Johnson, Matrix Analysis, Cambridge University Press, 1985 (Theorem 5.6.9).
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

A Simple Adaptive Procedure Leading to Correlated Equilibrium 1: Under Regret-Matching (2.2), the Empirical Distributions of Play Converge Almost Surely to the Set of Correlated EquilibriaResearch Paper

Motivation

A correlated equilibrium (Aumann 1974) is a probability distribution over strategy profiles of a game such that no player gains by deviating from a recommended strategy, given the recommendation. It is the solution concept of choice when players can condition on common signals, and its set is a convex polytope defined by linear inequalities, which makes it computationally tractable in a way that Nash equilibrium is not. A natural question in learning in games is whether simple adaptive behaviour by individual players, each using only their own payoffs and the observed history, leads to it.

Hart and Mas-Colell (2000) answer this with regret matching: each player switches away from their last action with probabilities proportional to the regret for not having played other actions in the past. They show that if every player uses this rule, the empirical distribution of play converges almost surely to the set of correlated equilibria. The procedure and its analysis became standard references for no-regret learning, internal (swap) regret, and the counterfactual-regret-minimization algorithms used in large imperfect-information games.

Timeline. Foster and Vohra (1997) obtained convergence to correlated equilibria by calibrated forecasting. Fudenberg and Levine (1999) gave conditionally consistent procedures with the same consequence. Hart and Mas-Colell (2000) gave the regret-matching procedure (2.2), in which a player's probabilities depend on regrets only, together with a Blackwell-approachability variant (their Theorem A, the subject of the companion mission 2 of this series).

Setting

A finite game Γ=(N,(Si)i∈N,(ui)i∈N)\Gamma=(N,(S^i)_{i\in N},(u^i)_{i\in N})Γ=(N,(Si)i∈N​,(ui)i∈N​) has a finite set of players NNN, a finite strategy set SiS^iSi for each player, and payoffs ui:S→Ru^i:S\to\mathbb Rui:S→R on S=∏iSiS=\prod_i S^iS=∏i​Si. A probability distribution ψ\psiψ on SSS is a correlated ε\varepsilonε-equilibrium if for every player iii and all j,k∈Sij,k\in S^ij,k∈Si

∑s: si=jψ(s) [ui(k,s−i)−ui(s)]≤ε;\sum_{s:\,s^i=j}\psi(s)\,[u^i(k,s^{-i})-u^i(s)]\le\varepsilon ;s:si=j∑​ψ(s)[ui(k,s−i)−ui(s)]≤ε;

a correlated equilibrium is the case ε=0\varepsilon=0ε=0.

The game is played at t=1,2,…t=1,2,\dotst=1,2,…, producing a history ht=(s1,…,st)h_t=(s_1,\dots,s_t)ht​=(s1​,…,st​). For j,k∈Sij,k\in S^ij,k∈Si the regret of player iii is

Dti(j,k)=1t∑τ≤t: sτi=j[ui(k,sτ−i)−ui(sτ)],Rti(j,k)=max⁡{Dti(j,k),0}:D^i_t(j,k)=\frac1t\sum_{\tau\le t:\,s^i_\tau=j}[u^i(k,s^{-i}_\tau)-u^i(s_\tau)],\qquad R^i_t(j,k)=\max\{D^i_t(j,k),0\}:Dti​(j,k)=t1​τ≤t:sτi​=j∑​[ui(k,sτ−i​)−ui(sτ​)],Rti​(j,k)=max{Dti​(j,k),0}:

the average gain player iii would have had by playing kkk every time they played jjj. Fix μ\muμ with μ>2Mi(mi−1)\mu>2M^i(m^i-1)μ>2Mi(mi−1) for every iii, where Mi≥∣ui∣M^i\ge|u^i|Mi≥∣ui∣ and mi=∣Si∣m^i=|S^i|mi=∣Si∣. Under regret matching (2.2), if player iii last played jjj, then at t+1t+1t+1 they play each k≠jk\ne jk=j with probability Rti(j,k)/μR^i_t(j,k)/\muRti​(j,k)/μ and repeat jjj with the remaining probability; the first-period mixed actions are arbitrary, and given the history the players randomize independently. The empirical distribution of play is zt(s)=1t∣{τ≤t:sτ=s}∣z_t(s)=\frac1t|\{\tau\le t:s_\tau=s\}|zt​(s)=t1​∣{τ≤t:sτ​=s}∣.

Formalization targets

Goal: the Main Theorem

Almost surely, ztz_tzt​ converges to the set of correlated equilibria:

P(∀ε>0 ∃T ∀t>T ∃ψ correlated equilibrium with dist⁡(zt,ψ)<ε)=1.P\Big(\forall\varepsilon>0\ \exists T\ \forall t>T\ \exists\psi\ \text{correlated equilibrium with } \operatorname{dist}(z_t,\psi)<\varepsilon\Big)=1 .P(∀ε>0 ∃T ∀t>T ∃ψ correlated equilibrium with dist(zt​,ψ)<ε)=1.

This is convergence to a set, not to a point; the paper notes that ztz_tzt​ need not converge.

Milestones

They follow the Appendix proof:

  • the PROPOSITION (§3), a deterministic equivalence: lim sup⁡tRti(j,k)≤ε\limsup_t R^i_t(j,k)\le\varepsilonlimsupt​Rti​(j,k)≤ε for all iii and j≠kj\ne kj=k iff ztz_tzt​ converges to the set of correlated ε\varepsilonε-equilibria;
  • positivity of the diagonal of the transition matrix Πt\Pi_tΠt​ of (2.2);
  • Steps M1–M11, with the two LEMMAs used in the proofs of M4 and M7.

The squared distance ρt=∑j≠k[Rt(j,k)]2\rho_t=\sum_{j\ne k}[R_t(j,k)]^2ρt​=∑j=k​[Rt​(j,k)]2 satisfies a block recursion (M1). The cross term is rewritten through the transition probabilities (M2) and compared with a stationary auxiliary process (M3–M5). It then factors into a difference of consecutive matrix powers (M6), which is small (M7). This gives

E[(t+v)2ρt+v∣ht]≤t2ρt+O(v3+tv1/2)(M8).E[(t+v)^2\rho_{t+v}\mid h_t]\le t^2\rho_t+O(v^3+tv^{1/2})\qquad\text{(M8)}.E[(t+v)2ρt+v​∣ht​]≤t2ρt​+O(v3+tv1/2)(M8).

Along tn=⌊n5/3⌋t_n=\lfloor n^{5/3}\rfloortn​=⌊n5/3⌋ this gives ρtn→0\rho_{t_n}\to0ρtn​​→0 a.s. (M9–M10), and then Rt(j,k)→0R_t(j,k)\to0Rt​(j,k)→0 a.s. (M11). A companion item states the strong law for dependent variables that M10 cites.

Significance

The result. The Main Theorem shows that correlated equilibrium is reached by uncoupled play: each player needs only their own payoff function and the history of play, and nothing about the others' payoffs. Steps M10–M11 give more than the goal, namely that every player's internal regrets vanish almost surely. The procedure underlies later work on swap regret, calibrated learning and regret-minimization algorithms for extensive-form games.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper. As far as a search of the platform and the local index shows, it has no machine-checked proof. The mission asks for one, following the paper's eleven steps. Several pieces are general and reusable: a bound on consecutive powers of a stochastic matrix with positive diagonal (LEMMA, proof of M7); a perturbation bound for multi-step transition probabilities (LEMMA, proof of M4); and a strong law of large numbers for martingale differences with general normalizing sequences, which Mathlib does not have in this form.

Difficulty

The natural approach is Blackwell approachability: show that the expected regret vector moves toward the nonpositive orthant in one step. It fails here. The one-step condition holds when a player uses an invariant distribution of Πt\Pi_tΠt​, which is the procedure of Theorem A, but regret matching uses a row of Πt\Pi_tΠt​ instead. The cross term of the one-step recursion therefore does not vanish.

The proof has to work over blocks of vvv periods. Within a block the players' choices are not independent given hth_tht​, because the transition probabilities change with time. The paper therefore compares the play with a process whose transitions are frozen at time ttt. The matrix-power estimate cannot use convergence of Πtw\Pi_t^wΠtw​, since only the diagonal of Πt\Pi_tΠt​ is known to be positive and Πt\Pi_tΠt​ may be reducible or periodic in its off-diagonal structure. The block length must also balance the errors w2/tw^2/tw2/t and w−1/2w^{-1/2}w−1/2, which is why the subsequence tn=⌊n5/3⌋t_n=\lfloor n^{5/3}\rfloortn​=⌊n5/3⌋ appears.

Formalization scope

Players form a Fintype ι, strategies form Fintypes S i, each nonempty, and a profile is a function ∀ i, S i. Δ(Q)\Delta(Q)Δ(Q) is Mathlib's stdSimplex. Time is 0-based: play τ is sτ+1s_{\tau+1}sτ+1​, and a history is a tuple Fin t → ∀ i, S i. Regrets, ztz_tzt​, Πt\Pi_tΠt​ and ρt\rho_tρt​ are deterministic functions of a finite history. Every statement has t≥1t\ge1t≥1, because the Lean value at t=0t=0t=0 is a default. A play of a behaviour profile on a probability space (IsPlay) is a sequence of profile-valued random variables with measurable level sets whose conditional law given any history of positive probability is the product of the players' mixed actions. Statements quantify over every probability space carrying a play, and conditional quantities given hth_tht​ assume P[ht]>0P[h_t]>0P[ht​]>0. The auxiliary s^\hat ss^-process is encoded by its explicit law, a power of the product transition matrix. The paper's O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) (footnote 34) is a constant chosen after the game, MMM and μ\muμ and before the initial play, the probability space and the play. Distances on RS\mathbb R^SRS are sup distances.

The hypotheses are exactly footnote 5's: ∣ui∣≤Mi|u^i|\le M^i∣ui∣≤Mi and μ>2Mi(mi−1)\mu>2M^i(m^i-1)μ>2Mi(mi−1), with one μ\muμ for all players. The goal requires every player to follow (2.2). If other players may play arbitrarily the statement is false (§4(d)), so IsPlay constrains all of them. The goal is stated with an existential correlated equilibrium at distance less than ε\varepsilonε, not with a distance to a possibly empty set, so no encoding makes it vacuous.

Disclosed choices:

  • the LEMMA of M7 is stated with a constant that depends only on a lower bound on the diagonal, which is what the proof gives and what M7 uses;
  • the PROPOSITION states lim sup⁡≤ε\limsup\le\varepsilonlimsup≤ε as "for every δ>0\delta>0δ>0, eventually ≤ε+δ\le\varepsilon+\delta≤ε+δ";
  • the strong law assumes each XnX_nXn​ is measurable and in L2L^2L2.

Contributions are welcome at every milestone. The two LEMMAs and the strong law are self-contained and independent of the game.

Selected references

  • S. Hart and A. Mas-Colell, A Simple Adaptive Procedure Leading to Correlated Equilibrium, Econometrica 68(5) (2000), 1127–1150. https://doi.org/10.1111/1468-0262.00153
  • R. J. Aumann, Subjectivity and Correlation in Randomized Strategies, Journal of Mathematical Economics 1 (1974), 67–96. https://doi.org/10.1016/0304-4068(74)90037-8
  • D. P. Foster and R. V. Vohra, Calibrated Learning and Correlated Equilibrium, Games and Economic Behavior 21 (1997), 40–55. https://doi.org/10.1006/game.1997.0595
  • D. Fudenberg and D. K. Levine, Conditional Universal Consistency, Games and Economic Behavior 29 (1999), 104–130. https://doi.org/10.1006/game.1998.0705
  • D. Blackwell, An Analog of the Minimax Theorem for Vector Payoffs, Pacific Journal of Mathematics 6 (1956), 1–8. https://doi.org/10.2140/pjm.1956.6.1
  • M. Loève, Probability Theory II, 4th ed., Springer (1978), Theorem 32.1.E.
17 thms1 active userReviewed
Mechanism DesignOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Job Matching, Coalition Formation, and Gross Substitutes 5: An Entering Firm Leaves Every Worker at Least as Well Off, and a Departing Worker Leaves Every Firm No Better OffResearch Paper

Why market entry and exit matter

Adding a firm changes the offers available to workers; removing a worker changes the pool from which firms hire. In markets with salary bargaining, those changes can alter both assignments and pay. Kelso and Crawford asked whether the direction of the change can nevertheless be predicted at the outcome selected by their salary-adjustment process. Their 1982 paper studies firms that may hire groups of workers whose joint product need not be the sum of individual products. Theorem 5 gives two comparative-statics conclusions for that setting: a new firm leaves each worker at least as well off, and retaining a worker leaves each firm at least as well off.

The result follows the paper's finite-termination and firm-optimality results for the salary-adjustment process. Its comparison is specific to the process equilibrium under the no-ties conditions of Section 5; the paper does not claim that every core allocation moves in the same direction. This mission is the fifth of seven on the paper. Mission 1 concerns termination and the discrete core, mission 2 the continuous strict core, mission 3 a one-sided market, mission 4 firm optimality, mission 6 returns to workers and gross substitutes, and mission 7 the example without a core. The statements here are drafted independently of the other missions' unpublished declarations. None of this paper's statements was previously available on Prove2Me when the series was planned.

The market and the adjustment process

A market has a finite set WWW of workers and a finite, nonempty set FFF of firms. Worker iii's utility from employment at firm jjj for salary sss is ui(j;s)u_i(j;s)ui​(j;s). Firm jjj produces yj(C)y^j(C)yj(C) from a set C⊆WC\subseteq WC⊆W and earns profit πj(C;s)=yj(C)−∑i∈Csi\pi^j(C;s)=y^j(C)-\sum_{i\in C}s_iπj(C;s)=yj(C)−∑i∈C​si​. Workers care about their own firm and salary; the firm's product may depend on the whole set it hires. Every worker–firm pair has a starting salary σij\sigma_{ij}σij​, and permitted salaries increase by a common unit δ>0\delta>0δ>0: σij+kδ\sigma_{ij}+k\deltaσij​+kδ for k∈Nk\in\mathbb Nk∈N.

Each round of the salary-adjustment process records permitted salaries, offers from firms, and one tentatively accepted offer for each worker who receives any. Firms choose profit-maximizing sets of workers at current permitted salaries and repeat offers that were not rejected. A worker keeps a favorite available offer. A rejected worker–firm offer causes that pair's permitted salary to rise by δ\deltaδ next round. The process stops when no offer is rejected. An allocation assigns each worker one firm and a salary at that firm; an outcome is the allocation read from a stopping round. The paper calls this a process equilibrium.

An allocation is in the discrete strict core when each worker's salary is permitted and meets the starting salary, each firm's profit is nonnegative, and no firm together with a set of workers can make every participant weakly better off and at least one strictly better off using permitted salaries. The weaker discrete core excludes coalitions that make everyone strictly better off. The paper assumes workers' utilities are continuous and strictly increasing in salary; marginal product (MP) makes hiring an additional worker at the starting salary weakly profitable; no free lunch (NFL) sets the product of the empty set to zero; and gross substitutes (GS) lets a firm keep workers whose salaries did not rise when other workers' salaries increase. Section 5 adds no-ties conditions (NTW) for workers and (NTF) for firms relative to discrete-core allocations. These assumptions and their domains come from Sections 2 and 5.

Formalization targets

The preliminary target is the paper's Corollary to Theorem 4: under these assumptions, all legal runs that stop have the same outcome. A second target is the new-firm-on-the-block process claim stated in the proof of Theorem 5: starting from the original market's final salaries, its outcome is a firm-optimal discrete strict core allocation of the augmented market.

The goal is Theorem 5. Write AAA, A+A^+A+ and A−A^-A− for stopping outcomes in the original market, the market augmented by one firm, and the market without one named worker. The two conclusions are

∀i∈W,ui(A)≤ui(A+),∀j∈F,πj(A−)≤πj(A).\forall i\in W,\quad u_i(A)\leq u_i(A^+),\qquad \forall j\in F,\quad \pi^j(A^-)\leq\pi^j(A).∀i∈W,ui​(A)≤ui​(A+),∀j∈F,πj(A−)≤πj(A).

The first comparison concerns every original worker's utility. The second concerns every original firm's profit. The augmented market retains the original firms' technologies, utilities and starting salaries, and the diminished market restricts those data to workers other than the removed one. All three markets use the same δ\deltaδ and satisfy the conditions of Theorem 4.

What the result establishes

The theorem gives a direction for the effects of entry and worker exit even though assignments and salaries may both change and a firm's product may depend on its entire workforce. The comparisons are individual: every worker is covered by the entry conclusion and every firm by the exit conclusion. Process uniqueness makes these comparisons well-defined despite the choices of favorite sets and favorite offers that a legal run may make.

The mathematical claims were proved in the 1982 paper; the Lean statements in this mission are open proof obligations. The formal development would give reusable finite-market definitions of demand, gross substitutes, core blocking, and an explicit adjustment run. It would also make precise how outcomes in markets with different agent sets are compared. The Corollary and the new-firm process result are separate proof targets. Completing them would support the goal while keeping the paper's two comparative-statics conclusions together.

The main difficulty

Firm entry changes which firm can make the best offer, and worker exit changes which subsets of workers a firm can hire profitably. A direct pointwise comparison of old and new assignments has no fixed correspondence: a worker may switch firms and a firm may hire a different group. Comparing arbitrary strict-core allocations is also insufficient, because Theorem 5 concerns the specific outcome chosen by the adjustment process. The formal proof must account for all legal tie choices and show that the identified stopping outcomes have the required utility and profit order. The paper's proof uses two modified processes; its take-my-marbles process raises the removed worker's salary to a value that need not belong to the discrete salary grid on which (GS) was assumed. This is a genuine modeling boundary for that intermediate statement.

Formalization scope

Workers and firms are finite Lean types, with at least one firm. Salaries, utilities and products are real-valued; δ\deltaδ is positive. An allocation assigns every worker to a firm, as the paper's f:{1,…,m}→{1,…,n}f:\{1,\ldots,m\}\to\{1,\ldots,n\}f:{1,…,m}→{1,…,n} does. Option F represents firm entry: some j is an original firm and none is the entrant. The diminished worker set is the subtype of workers unequal to the removed worker. Gross substitutes is imposed only on the grid vectors each market permits, and (NTW) and (NTF) quantify over discrete-core allocations. Each theorem's assumptions explicitly include utility regularity, MP, NFL, GS, NTW and NTF wherever the paper says “the conditions of Theorem 4.” Section 5 allows starting salaries to vary independently of unemployment utility, so the reservation-salary equation from Section 2 is not imposed.

“The equilibrium” is represented by the outcome at any stopping round of any legal run; the Corollary states why this does not depend on those choices. “Converges in finite time” in the new-firm milestone means that each legal continuation has some stopping round. NFB's initial offers are fixed to the old firms' final offers and an offer from the new firm to every worker, a reading of the first round that NFB1 leaves implicit. The take-my-marbles convergence claim is not drafted because its off-grid starting salary requires a separate convention or a stronger GS assumption. These commitments exclude a vacuous market condition, a continuous-price substitution for the discrete theorem, and a comparison of unrelated markets. Contributions that establish the Corollary, the NFB claim, or the three-market comparison under these definitions are welcome; lemmas about demand and core allocation can be reused across the series.

Selected references

  • A. S. Kelso, Jr. and V. P. Crawford, Job matching, coalition formation, and gross substitutes, Econometrica 50(6), 1982, pp. 1483–1504. DOI: 10.2307/1913392.
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Markov ChainProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

The Evolution of Conventions III: In 2 × 2 Games with Two Strict Equilibria, the Generically Stable Equilibria of Adaptive Play Are the Weakly Risk Dominant OnesResearch Paper

Motivation

Many games have several strict Nash equilibria, and equilibrium analysis alone does not say which one a population will settle on. Harsanyi and Selten (1988) proposed risk dominance as a selection criterion for 2×22\times22×2 games: of two strict equilibria, select the one whose basin is "larger" in a precise payoff sense. That criterion is axiomatic. H. Peyton Young's The Evolution of Conventions (Econometrica, 1993) derives a selection from a dynamic model instead: boundedly rational players with finite memory, incomplete information about the past and occasional mistakes. Its Theorem 3 says that, in 2×22\times22×2 games, the dynamic selection and risk dominance coincide.

Timeline.

  • 1984. Freidlin and Wentzell develop the theory of small random perturbations of dynamical systems, including the tree characterization of limiting stationary measures.
  • 1990. Foster and Young introduce stochastic stability for evolutionary processes with vanishing noise.
  • 1993. Kandori, Mailath and Rob prove that in symmetric 2×22\times22×2 games with a single population, the long-run equilibrium of a mutation process is the risk dominant one. Young (1993) proves the same selection for adaptive play, a two-population model with sampling from a finite memory, for every 2×22\times22×2 game with two strict equilibria, not only symmetric ones. Its Example 3 shows that in 3×33\times33×3 games the selected equilibrium can differ from both the risk dominant and the Pareto optimal one.

Setting

A finite game Γ\GammaΓ has players iii with finite strategy sets SiS_iSi​ and payoffs ui(s)u_i(s)ui​(s). Fix a memory mmm and a sample size kkk with 1≤k≤m1\le k\le m1≤k≤m. A state is the sequence hhh of the last mmm plays (strategy-tuples), oldest first; a successor of hhh drops the oldest play and appends a new one. In each period each player draws a sample of kkk of the mmm recorded plays and chooses a best reply to it (maximizing total payoff against the sampled plays). The choice probabilities pi(s∣h)p_i(s\mid h)pi​(s∣h) form a best-reply distribution: pi(s∣h)>0p_i(s\mid h)>0pi​(s∣h)>0 exactly when sss is a best reply to some sample of size kkk. This gives adaptive play P0P^0P0, display (1).

With mistakes, each player iii independently experiments with probability ελi\varepsilon\lambda_iελi​ and then plays sss with probability qi(s∣h)>0q_i(s\mid h)>0qi​(s∣h)>0. This gives the perturbed chain PεP^\varepsilonPε of display (2). It has a unique stationary distribution με\mu^\varepsilonμε. A state hhh is stochastically stable if lim⁡ε→0μhε>0\lim_{\varepsilon\to0}\mu^\varepsilon_h>0limε→0​μhε​>0. A convention is mmm repetitions of a strict pure Nash equilibrium. With LΓL_\GammaLΓ​ the longest shortest best-reply path to a strict equilibrium, a strict equilibrium is generically stable if its convention is stochastically stable for all sufficiently large kkk and all mmm with k≤m/(LΓ+2)k\le m/(L_\Gamma+2)k≤m/(LΓ​+2).

For a 2×22\times22×2 game in normal form, with Row's payoffs arca_{rc}arc​ and Column's brcb_{rc}brc​ satisfying a11>a21a_{11}>a_{21}a11​>a21​, b11>b12b_{11}>b_{12}b11​>b12​, a22>a12a_{22}>a_{12}a22​>a12​, b22>b21b_{22}>b_{21}b22​>b21​, set

R1=min⁡{a11−a21a11−a12−a21+a22,b11−b12b11−b12−b21+b22},R2=min⁡{a22−a12a11−a12−a21+a22,b22−b21b11−b12−b21+b22}.R_1=\min\Big\{\tfrac{a_{11}-a_{21}}{a_{11}-a_{12}-a_{21}+a_{22}},\tfrac{b_{11}-b_{12}}{b_{11}-b_{12}-b_{21}+b_{22}}\Big\},\qquad R_2=\min\Big\{\tfrac{a_{22}-a_{12}}{a_{11}-a_{12}-a_{21}+a_{22}},\tfrac{b_{22}-b_{21}}{b_{11}-b_{12}-b_{21}+b_{22}}\Big\}.R1​=min{a11​−a12​−a21​+a22​a11​−a21​​,b11​−b12​−b21​+b22​b11​−b12​​},R2​=min{a11​−a12​−a21​+a22​a22​−a12​​,b11​−b12​−b21​+b22​b22​−b21​​}.

(1,1)(1,1)(1,1) weakly risk dominates (2,2)(2,2)(2,2) if R1≥R2R_1\ge R_2R1​≥R2​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 72)

(1,1) generically stable  ⟺  R1≥R2,(2,2) generically stable  ⟺  R2≥R1.(1,1)\text{ generically stable}\iff R_1\ge R_2,\qquad (2,2)\text{ generically stable}\iff R_2\ge R_1.(1,1) generically stable⟺R1​≥R2​,(2,2) generically stable⟺R2​≥R1​.

This holds for every 2×22\times22×2 game in normal form, for every best-reply distribution and every admissible experimentation.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. PεP^\varepsilonPε is irreducible and aperiodic and has a unique stationary distribution (§6, pp. 67–68).
  2. (2) is a regular perturbation of (1): Pε→P0P^\varepsilon\to P^0Pε→P0, and Phh′εP^\varepsilon_{hh'}Phh′ε​ is of exact order εr(h,h′)\varepsilon^{r(h,h')}εr(h,h′), with r(h,h′)r(h,h')r(h,h′) the number of mistakes (Appendix, p. 77).
  3. Theorem 2 (p. 69): the stochastically stable states are those in the recurrent classes of P0P^0P0 of minimum stochastic potential, independently of λ\lambdaλ and qqq.
  4. Corollary (p. 70): for weakly acyclic games with k≤m/(LΓ+2)k\le m/(L_\Gamma+2)k≤m/(LΓ​+2), the stable states are the conventions of minimum stochastic potential.
  5. The 2×22\times22×2 case is acyclic with LΓ=1L_\Gamma=1LΓ​=1, and for k≤m/3k\le m/3k≤m/3 the recurrent classes of P0P^0P0 are {h1}\{h_1\}{h1​} and {h2}\{h_2\}{h2​} (p. 70).
  6. r12=⌈R1k⌉r_{12}=\lceil R_1k\rceilr12​=⌈R1​k⌉ and 7. r21=⌈R2k⌉r_{21}=\lceil R_2k\rceilr21​=⌈R2​k⌉ (pp. 71–72).
  7. If R1>R2R_1>R_2R1​>R2​, then h1h_1h1​ is the unique stable convention, and if R1=R2R_1=R_2R1​=R2​, both are, for all large kkk and m≥3km\ge3km≥3k (p. 72).

Significance

Theorem 3 gives a dynamic foundation for risk dominance: an equilibrium selection criterion defined from payoffs alone is the long-run outcome of a decentralized learning process with sampling and rare mistakes. It requires no symmetry between the two player roles. Theorem 2 makes stochastic stability computable: a limit of stationary distributions is reduced to a minimum-weight arborescence over recurrent classes. That reduction is what the 2×22\times22×2 computation, and later applications of the method to bargaining and contracting, rely on. The equivalence of the RRR-form with the product form (a11−a21)(b11−b12)≥(a22−a12)(b22−b21)(a_{11}-a_{21})(b_{11}-b_{12})\ge(a_{22}-a_{12})(b_{22}-b_{21})(a11​−a21​)(b11​−b12​)≥(a22​−a12​)(b22​−b21​) of Harsanyi and Selten is elementary algebra and is not a target here.

The results are proved in the paper. To our knowledge none of them has a machine-checked proof. The mission produces formal statements of the model (adaptive play, its perturbation, stochastic stability, resistance and stochastic potential) that are reusable for other stochastic-stability results. Closing the goal also requires formalizing Young's finite version of the Freidlin–Wentzell theorem, the subject of the companion mission The Evolution of Conventions II.

Difficulty

The paper's argument has two hard parts. The first is Theorem 2: identifying the limit of με\mu^\varepsilonμε requires the Markov chain tree theorem (the stationary distribution of an irreducible chain as a ratio of sums over spanning in-trees) together with an order-of-magnitude analysis in ε\varepsilonε. The second is the exact resistance ⌈R1k⌉\lceil R_1k\rceil⌈R1​k⌉. The page constructs a path with that many mistakes (Table 1), but the matching lower bound, that no combination of mistakes by both players does better, is only asserted. It needs an argument about the first period in which some player's best reply switches. A naive count of single-player mistake runs gives only the upper bound. The tie case of (5) also matters: equality makes strategy 2 a best reply, which is why the ceiling and not the floor appears.

Formalization scope

Players are a finite type and strategies finite types. A state is Fin m → (∀ i, S i) with position 0 the oldest play. A sample is a set of kkk positions, and a best reply maximizes the summed payoff against the sampled plays. Transition matrices are Matrix H H ℝ. Stochastic stability is a one-sided limit ε→0+\varepsilon\to0^+ε→0+ of the stationary distributions of PεP^\varepsilonPε, over the admissible range 0<ε0<\varepsilon0<ε, ελi≤1\varepsilon\lambda_i\le1ελi​≤1. Resistances are natural numbers on successor pairs. Recurrent classes are the essential classes of P0P^0P0, and iii-trees are parent maps on the set of classes that reach the root. "k≤m/(LΓ+2)k\le m/(L_\Gamma+2)k≤m/(LΓ​+2)" is the natural-number inequality k(LΓ+2)≤mk(L_\Gamma+2)\le mk(LΓ​+2)≤m. In the 2×22\times22×2 game, players and strategies are Fin 2, with the paper's 1,21,21,2 written as 0, 1.

Two corrected slips are recorded in the statements. On p. 68 the recurrent classes are "of PεP^\varepsilonPε" for P0P^0P0, and on p. 77 "the process PεP^\varepsilonPε defined in (1)" is P0P^0P0.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out. Stochastic stability is defined from stationary distributions, not from resistances, and generic stability is defined from stochastic stability, not from ⌈R1k⌉\lceil R_1k\rceil⌈R1​k⌉ versus ⌈R2k⌉\lceil R_2k\rceil⌈R2​k⌉. Both definitions quantify over every best-reply distribution and every admissible (λ,q)(\lambda,q)(λ,q) rather than a fixed sampling law. "Sufficiently large kkk" is an eventual statement with a threshold, not "for some kkk".

A complete development needs Markov chain stationary distributions on finite spaces, the Markov chain tree theorem, limits of rational functions of ε\varepsilonε, and the combinatorics of sampling in 2×22\times22×2 games. The perturbation theory (milestones 1–3) is reusable for any finite stochastic-stability model. Contributions to the tree theorem and to the two resistance computations are particularly welcome.

Related platform work: stochastic fictitious play (StochFictPlay.*, Hofbauer–Sandholm) and calibrated learning to correlated equilibrium (CalibratedCE.*, Foster–Vohra) study other learning dynamics in games. The sibling missions The Evolution of Conventions I (Theorem 1, convergence of adaptive play) and II (Theorem 4, regular perturbations of Markov chains) formalize the results this mission's milestones invoke.

Selected references

  • H. P. Young, The Evolution of Conventions, Econometrica 61(1), 1993, 57–84. https://doi.org/10.2307/2951778
  • J. C. Harsanyi and R. Selten, A General Theory of Equilibrium Selection in Games, MIT Press, 1988.
  • M. Kandori, G. J. Mailath and R. Rob, Learning, Mutation, and Long Run Equilibria in Games, Econometrica 61(1), 1993, 29–56. https://doi.org/10.2307/2951777
  • D. Foster and H. P. Young, Stochastic Evolutionary Game Dynamics, Theoretical Population Biology 38, 1990, 219–232. https://doi.org/10.1016/0040-5809(90)90011-J
  • M. I. Freidlin and A. D. Wentzell, Random Perturbations of Dynamical Systems, Springer, 1984. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4684-0176-9
45 thms1 active userReviewed
AnalysisOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Values of Large Games II: Oceanic Games 2: Oceanic Values Are Limits of Values of Finite Weighted Majority GamesResearch Paper

Motivation

Weighted voting models assign a coalition a win when its combined vote reaches a quota. The Shapley value measures a player's contribution by averaging the change it makes when added to every possible predecessor coalition. This is straightforward to define for a finite list of voters, but a voting body may contain a few major holders and a very large population of individually small holders. A calculation made for a finite approximation should then have a stable meaning as the small holdings are divided more finely. Milnor and Shapley's oceanic game gives that question a precise form and asks whether its major-player values agree with the limits of finite weighted majority games. Milnor and Shapley, RAND RM-2649 (1961).

The question matters whenever a finite voting model is used to represent a diffuse electorate or ownership base. Without a continuity result, the measured power of a major voter could depend on how an otherwise identical mass of minor votes was artificially split. The memo's Theorem 1 establishes the required stability under an explicit small-weight condition. The result is a known theorem from the 1961 memorandum; the task here is its Lean formalization, including the mathematical objects that make its statement meaningful.

Setting

Fix a finite set M={1,…,m}M=\{1,\ldots,m\}M={1,…,m} of major players, with nonnegative weights wiw_iwi​. The ocean is a continuum of individually insignificant voters represented by the unit interval I=[0,1]I=[0,1]I=[0,1], with total weight α>0\alpha>0α>0. A coalition's vote is its major-player weight plus α\alphaα times the Lebesgue measure of its oceanic part. It wins when that vote reaches a quota c≥0c\ge0c≥0. The formal development uses Fin m for MMM and real weights; the underlying voting rule is the one in §2 of the memorandum. Milnor and Shapley, §2.

To assign a value to a major player, insert each major player independently and uniformly into the ordered ocean. A position vector x=(x1,…,xm)x=(x_1,\ldots,x_m)x=(x1​,…,xm​) lies in the cube ImI^mIm. Write P(t)={j∈M:xj<t}P(t)=\{j\in M:x_j<t\}P(t)={j∈M:xj​<t} and w(S)=∑j∈Swjw(S)=\sum_{j\in S}w_jw(S)=∑j∈S​wj​. Major player iii is pivotal when the predecessor weight is below the quota and adding iii reaches it, in the memo's weak-boundary form

w(P(xi))+αxi≤c≤w(P(xi))+wi+αxi.w(P(x_i))+\alpha x_i\le c\le w(P(x_i))+w_i+\alpha x_i.w(P(xi​))+αxi​≤c≤w(P(xi​))+wi​+αxi​.

The oceanic major-player value ϕi\phi_iϕi​ is the probability of this event. Since the insertion positions are uniform, it is also the mmm-dimensional Lebesgue volume of the corresponding set Ai⊆ImA_i\subseteq I^mAi​⊆Im. Equalities at boundary positions have zero volume. Milnor and Shapley, (2.3)–(2.4), pp. 4–5.

At stage ℓ\ellℓ, the finite approximation has the same mmm major players, followed by nℓn_\ellnℓ​ minor players with nonnegative weights aj,ℓa_{j,\ell}aj,ℓ​. Its quota and major weights are cℓc_\ellcℓ​ and wi,ℓw_{i,\ell}wi,ℓ​. A coalition has value one if its weight is at least cℓc_\ellcℓ​, and zero otherwise. The finite-game value ϕi,ℓ\phi_{i,\ell}ϕi,ℓ​ is the Shapley value of that coalition function. The published Shapley-value definition is reused for this general finite-game object; only the quota game and its oceanic limit are defined for this mission. Milnor and Shapley, Appendix (A.1), (A.4).

Formalization targets

Theorem 1: continuity of major-player values

The principal target says that if quotas and major weights converge, the total minor weight tends to α\alphaα, and every minor weight becomes small, then each major-player value converges:

cℓ→c,wi,ℓ→wi,∑jaj,ℓ→α>0,max⁡jaj,ℓ→0⟹ϕi,ℓ→ϕi.c_\ell\to c,\quad w_{i,\ell}\to w_i,\quad \sum_j a_{j,\ell}\to\alpha>0,\quad \max_j a_{j,\ell}\to0 \quad\Longrightarrow\quad \phi_{i,\ell}\to\phi_i.cℓ​→c,wi,ℓ​→wi​,j∑​aj,ℓ​→α>0,jmax​aj,ℓ​→0⟹ϕi,ℓ​→ϕi​.

This is Theorem 1, equations (3.1)–(3.2), of the memorandum. Its conclusion refers to the pivotal-probability definition of ϕi\phi_iϕi​ above. Milnor and Shapley, Theorem 1, p. 6.

Supporting statements

The milestone list follows three statements present in the source: equation (3.4) partitions AiA_iAi​ by the predecessor set SSS; equations (3.5)–(3.6) give the volume of each part as a one-variable integral with clamped endpoints; and Appendix (A.1)–(A.3) states the finite-game limit as a sum of those integrals. Their shared expression is

Li(c,w,α)=∑S⊆M∖{i}∫[0,1]∩[(c−w(S)−wi)/α,(c−w(S))/α]t∣S∣(1−t)m−∣S∣−1 dt.L_i(c,w,\alpha)=\sum_{S\subseteq M\setminus\{i\}}\int_{[0,1]\cap[(c-w(S)-w_i)/\alpha,(c-w(S))/\alpha]} t^{|S|}(1-t)^{m-|S|-1}\,dt.Li​(c,w,α)=S⊆M∖{i}∑​∫[0,1]∩[(c−w(S)−wi​)/α,(c−w(S))/α]​t∣S∣(1−t)m−∣S∣−1dt.

The appendix's limit statement concerns LiL_iLi​; Theorem 1 concerns ϕi\phi_iϕi​. Both are separate targets in the formalization. Milnor and Shapley, §3 and Appendix.

Significance

The theorem makes the major-player value independent of a particular fine division of the minor vote, provided the total minor weight and the other parameters converge as stated. The same oceanic game can therefore stand for many finite approximating sequences. The integral expression also gives a precise comparison point between finite Shapley values and the geometric definition by pivotal volume. Milnor and Shapley, §1 and Theorem 1.

The mathematical result is proved in the cited memorandum, and its appendix recapitulates a limit theorem from the preceding work in the series. The formalization work is to state and prove these known claims over Lean's finite index types, Lebesgue measure, integrals, and limits. Reusable components include the quota-game characteristic function and the interface between a finite Shapley value and a changing number of minor players. The mission does not claim that the historical theorem is open, nor that these target statements already have machine-checked proofs.

Difficulty

The number of minor players changes with ℓ\ellℓ, so the finite Shapley sum does not have a fixed set of coalitions. Merely taking a limit term by term in that sum does not justify its limit: the number and weights of the terms also change. The condition that the largest minor weight tends to zero controls a triangular family of games, while the oceanic definition is a measure of a geometric pivotal event. Matching the two descriptions requires care at the quota boundaries and at intervals that may be empty. These are the central issues represented by the appendix milestone and by equations (3.4)–(3.6). Milnor and Shapley, §3 and Appendix.

Formalization scope

The Lean model uses Fin m for major players and Fin (n l) for minor players at stage lll, concatenated with majors first. It uses a real-valued quota characteristic function, the published finite Shapley-value definition, and product Lebesgue volume on the cube [0,1]m[0,1]^m[0,1]m for uniform insertion positions. The predecessor relation is strict, xj<xix_j<x_ixj​<xi​, exactly as in §2; the complementary cell relation is weak. The pivotal inequalities follow (2.4), and the oceanic value is defined from their volume. Defining it as LiL_iLi​ would make the comparison demanded by Theorem 1 empty, so that equality remains a theorem-level obligation.

The source defines oceanic games with c≥0c\ge0c≥0, wi≥0w_i\ge0wi​≥0, and α>0\alpha>0α>0. The finite approximants are read as weighted majority games with nonnegative weights; that condition is explicit in Lean. No sign condition is imposed on the stage quotas cℓc_\ellcℓ​, since (3.2) states none (only the limit satisfies c≥0c\ge0c≥0). The statement does not impose the footnote's upper bound c≤w(M)+αc\le w(M)+\alphac≤w(M)+α because Theorem 1 only concerns major-player values, which are zero in a null game. An empty minor list is permitted at an early stage. Rather than taking the maximum of an empty list, Lean says that for each ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, all minor weights are eventually at most ε\varepsilonε; with nonnegative weights this is the paper's vanishing-maximum condition. A positive limiting ocean weight also excludes an eventually empty minor population.

The integral in (A.3) is a set integral over the stated intersection of closed intervals, so an empty intersection contributes zero. For (3.5), the endpoints are clamped to [0,1][0,1][0,1]. The condition S⊆M∖{i}S\subseteq M\setminus\{i\}S⊆M∖{i} ensures m−∣S∣−1m-|S|-1m−∣S∣−1 is nonnegative before it is represented as a natural-number exponent. Contributions that strengthen the measure-theoretic partition, the cell-volume computation, or the varying-population finite limit are within scope; a proof may use other intermediate lemmas while keeping the sourced target statements unchanged.

Selected references

  • John W. Milnor and Lloyd S. Shapley, Values of Large Games, II: Oceanic Games, RAND Research Memorandum RM-2649, 1961. RAND publication page.
  • Lloyd S. Shapley and Norman Shapiro, Values of Large Games, I: A Limit Theorem, RAND Research Memorandum RM-2648, 1960. RAND publication page.
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Cooperative Fuzzy Games 2: A Game with Side Payments Has a Nonempty Core Iff It Is Balanced, and Then Its Core Is the Core of Its Concave Fuzzy ExtensionResearch Paper

Why cores of games with side payments

A cooperative game with side payments assigns to each coalition of players the total payoff it can secure on its own and share freely among its members. The core is the set of ways of dividing the payoff of the grand coalition that no coalition can improve upon. It is the basic stability notion of cooperative game theory and of its applications in operations research: cost allocation for shared facilities, network design, inventory pooling and linear production games all ask whether a core allocation exists and what it looks like.

The core can be empty, and the question of when it is not was answered independently by Bondareva (1963) and Shapley (1967): the core is nonempty exactly when the game is balanced, a linear-programming condition on weighted families of coalitions. Scarf (1967) extended the existence half to games without side payments, and Billera (1970) recast balancedness for those games.

Aubin's Cooperative Fuzzy Games (Math. Oper. Res. 6(1), 1981) reads these results through fuzzy coalitions, in which each player participates at a rate between 0 and 1. In §6 every game on a family of coalitions is extended to a concave positively homogeneous function of fuzzy coalitions, and the Bondareva–Shapley theorem becomes a statement about that extension. This mission formalizes §2 and §6 of the paper: the core of a fuzzy game with side payments, its superdifferential description, and Proposition 6.1.

Setting

Let N={1,…,n}N=\{1,\dots,n\}N={1,…,n} be the set of players. A coalition A⊆NA\subseteq NA⊆N is identified with its characteristic vector τA∈{0,1}n\tau^A\in\{0,1\}^nτA∈{0,1}n, and τN=(1,…,1)\tau^N=(1,\dots,1)τN=(1,…,1). A fuzzy coalition is a vector τ∈[0,1]n\tau\in[0,1]^nτ∈[0,1]n, where τi\tau_iτi​ is the rate at which player iii participates.

A fuzzy game with side payments is a worth function vvv with v(0)=0v(0)=0v(0)=0 that is positively homogeneous, v(tτ)=t v(τ)v(t\tau)=t\,v(\tau)v(tτ)=tv(τ) for t>0t>0t>0. Homogeneity extends vvv from [0,1]n[0,1]^n[0,1]n to the orthant R+n\mathbb R^n_+R+n​. Its core is

core⁡(v)={c∈Rn: ∑i∈Nci=v(τN),  ∑i∈Nτici≥v(τ) for all τ∈[0,1]n},\operatorname{core}(v)=\Big\{c\in\mathbb R^n:\ \sum_{i\in N}c_i=v(\tau^N),\ \ \sum_{i\in N}\tau_ic_i\ge v(\tau)\ \text{for all }\tau\in[0,1]^n\Big\},core(v)={c∈Rn: i∈N∑​ci​=v(τN),  i∈N∑​τi​ci​≥v(τ) for all τ∈[0,1]n},

the allocations that no fuzzy coalition blocks. The superdifferential of vvv at τ\tauτ is ∂v(τ)={c: v(τ)−v(σ)≥∑ici(τi−σi) for all σ∈R+n}\partial v(\tau)=\{c:\ v(\tau)-v(\sigma)\ge\sum_i c_i(\tau_i-\sigma_i)\ \text{for all }\sigma\in\mathbb R^n_+\}∂v(τ)={c: v(τ)−v(σ)≥∑i​ci​(τi​−σi​) for all σ∈R+n​}.

A usual game with side payments is given by a family C\mathscr CC of nonempty coalitions that contains NNN and every singleton {i}\{i\}{i}, and by a worth v(A)∈Rv(A)\in\mathbb Rv(A)∈R for each A∈CA\in\mathscr CA∈C. Its core is the set of c∈Rnc\in\mathbb R^nc∈Rn with ∑i∈Nci=v(N)\sum_{i\in N}c_i=v(N)∑i∈N​ci​=v(N) and ∑i∈Aci≥v(A)\sum_{i\in A}c_i\ge v(A)∑i∈A​ci​≥v(A) for every A∈CA\in\mathscr CA∈C. For τ∈R+n\tau\in\mathbb R^n_+τ∈R+n​, C(τ)\mathscr C(\tau)C(τ) is the set of nonnegative weights m(A)m(A)m(A), A∈CA\in\mathscr CA∈C, with ∑A∋im(A)=τi\sum_{A\ni i}m(A)=\tau_i∑A∋i​m(A)=τi​ for each player iii, and

πv(τ)=sup⁡m∈C(τ) ∑A∈Cm(A) v(A).\pi v(\tau)=\sup_{m\in\mathscr C(\tau)}\ \sum_{A\in\mathscr C}m(A)\,v(A).πv(τ)=m∈C(τ)sup​ A∈C∑​m(A)v(A).

The game is balanced if πv(τN)=v(N)\pi v(\tau^N)=v(N)πv(τN)=v(N).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 6.1

core⁡(v)≠∅  ⟺  πv(τN)=v(N),and thencore⁡(v)=core⁡(πv).\operatorname{core}(v)\neq\emptyset\iff \pi v(\tau^N)=v(N),\qquad\text{and then}\qquad \operatorname{core}(v)=\operatorname{core}(\pi v).core(v)=∅⟺πv(τN)=v(N),and thencore(v)=core(πv).

The first half is the Bondareva–Shapley theorem for an arbitrary family C\mathscr CC. The second identifies the core of the discrete game with the core of the fuzzy game πv\pi vπv.

Milestones

  1. §2 (4)–(5). For a positively homogeneous vvv with v(0)=0v(0)=0v(0)=0, core⁡(v)=∂v(τN)\operatorname{core}(v)=\partial v(\tau^N)core(v)=∂v(τN).
  2. Remark 2.1. Such a vvv is concave on R+n\mathbb R^n_+R+n​ if and only if it is superadditive, v(τ+σ)≥v(τ)+v(σ)v(\tau+\sigma)\ge v(\tau)+v(\sigma)v(τ+σ)≥v(τ)+v(σ).
  3. Proposition 2.1. If vvv is moreover concave, its core is convex, compact and nonempty; if vvv is differentiable at τN\tau^NτN, the core is {Dv(τN)}\{Dv(\tau^N)\}{Dv(τN)}.
  4. §6 (5). If m∈C(τ)m\in\mathscr C(\tau)m∈C(τ) and m(A)>0m(A)>0m(A)>0, then A⊆Aτ={i:τi>0}A\subseteq A_\tau=\{i:\tau_i>0\}A⊆Aτ​={i:τi​>0}.
  5. §6 (2). πv\pi vπv is the smallest concave positively homogeneous function on R+n\mathbb R^n_+R+n​ with πv(τA)≥v(A)\pi v(\tau^A)\ge v(A)πv(τA)≥v(A) for every A∈CA\in\mathscr CA∈C.
  6. §6, after (6). The core of the fuzzy game πv\pi vπv is nonempty, convex and compact, whether or not vvv is balanced.

Significance

Proposition 6.1 is the standard criterion for the existence of core allocations in transferable-utility games. In operations research it is the tool behind core results for linear production games, flow games, facility location and inventory games: one exhibits a family of balancing weights, or the absence of one, and reads off whether a stable cost or profit allocation exists. Aubin's version adds that a balanced game's core is the superdifferential of a concave function, so it is described by convex analysis and, when πv\pi vπv is smooth at τN\tau^NτN, reduces to a single point given by the gradient.

The result is classical and proved in the literature. To our knowledge, no machine-checked proof of the Bondareva–Shapley theorem exists in Mathlib or on this platform: the platform has results on cores of convex (supermodular) games, which are a different hypothesis. The mission therefore produces a first formal proof of the theorem for a general family C\mathscr CC of coalitions, the superdifferential description of the fuzzy core, and the minimality of the concave extension πv\pi vπv. The definitions (fuzzy coalitions, balances, πv\pi vπv) are reusable by later missions on games without side payments and on values of fuzzy games.

Difficulty

The inclusion core⁡(v)⊆core⁡(πv)\operatorname{core}(v)\subseteq\operatorname{core}(\pi v)core(v)⊆core(πv) and the necessity of balancedness are short computations with the balancing weights. The difficulty is sufficiency: from πv(τN)=v(N)\pi v(\tau^N)=v(N)πv(τN)=v(N), a core allocation has to be produced. This is an existence statement for a system of linear inequalities, and it needs a duality or separation argument. Mathlib's finite-dimensional linear programming duality and separation theorems do not apply off the shelf, because πv\pi vπv is a supremum over a polytope of weights indexed by coalitions, and its attainment and finiteness must be established first. Proposition 2.1 similarly needs the existence of supergradients of a concave function at an interior point and their compactness, which are not packaged for functions defined only on an orthant.

Formalization scope

Players are Fin n; multiutilities and fuzzy coalitions are Fin n → ℝ with the coordinatewise order, and the cube is Set.Icc 0 1. The commitments are:

  • A fuzzy game is a function on Rn\mathbb R^nRn whose values off the orthant are never used; v(0)=0v(0)=0v(0)=0 and homogeneity for every t>0t>0t>0 and τ≥0\tau\ge0τ≥0 are hypotheses of every §2 statement, because §2 states them once for the whole section. Concavity is concavity on R+n\mathbb R^n_+R+n​.
  • In the superdifferential (5), σ\sigmaσ ranges over R+n\mathbb R^n_+R+n​, the domain of the extended vvv; the paper leaves this implicit.
  • "Differentiable at τN\tau^NτN" is DifferentiableAt at the interior point (1,…,1)(1,\dots,1)(1,…,1), and Dv(τN)Dv(\tau^N)Dv(τN) is the vector of partial derivatives.
  • The family C\mathscr CC contains NNN and all singletons and excludes ∅\emptyset∅; the core and πv\pi vπv use only coalitions in C\mathscr CC, so v(∅)=0v(\emptyset)=0v(∅)=0 plays no role. Because N∈CN\in\mathscr CN∈C and ∅∉C\emptyset\notin\mathscr C∅∈/C, the family exists only for n≥1n\ge1n≥1.
  • πv\pi vπv is a real supremum. For τ≥0\tau\ge0τ≥0 the set of values is nonempty and bounded above, so the value is the paper's; off the orthant the set is empty and the value is never used.
  • The printed v(C)v(\mathscr C)v(C) and τC\tau^{\mathscr C}τC in §6 (2)–(3) are read as v(A)v(A)v(A) and τA\tau^AτA, as §6 (4) settles.

Balancedness is the equation πv(τN)=v(N)\pi v(\tau^N)=v(N)πv(τN)=v(N) with πv\pi vπv built from the balances of §6 (3)–(4); a formalization that defines "balanced" through the core, or takes πv\pi vπv to be an envelope already known to agree with the core, makes the goal empty and is ruled out. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, a general Bondareva–Shapley lemma for finite families of coalitions, and supergradient existence for concave functions on convex sets with nonempty interior.

Selected references

  • J.-P. Aubin, Cooperative Fuzzy Games, Mathematics of Operations Research 6(1), 1981, 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.6.1.1
  • O. N. Bondareva, Some applications of linear programming methods to the theory of cooperative games, Problemy Kibernetiki 10, 1963, 119–139 (in Russian; no stable online copy).
  • L. S. Shapley, On balanced sets and cores, Naval Research Logistics Quarterly 14(4), 1967, 453–460. https://doi.org/10.1002/nav.3800140404
  • H. E. Scarf, The core of an N person game, Econometrica 35(1), 1967, 50–69. https://doi.org/10.2307/1909703
  • L. J. Billera, Some theorems on the core of an n-person game without side-payments, SIAM Journal on Applied Mathematics 18(3), 1970, 567–579. https://doi.org/10.1137/0118007
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1970. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400873173
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Markov ChainProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

The Evolution of Conventions I: In a Weakly Acyclic Game, Adaptive Play with k ≤ m/(L_Γ + 2) Converges Almost Surely to a ConventionResearch Paper

Motivation

A convention is a pattern of behaviour that is customary because everyone expects everyone else to follow it: driving on the right, or which party yields at a narrow bridge. Peyton Young's The Evolution of Conventions (Econometrica 61 (1993) 57–84) asks how such a pattern can emerge from decentralized play. The players have limited memory and limited information, and nobody coordinates them. The paper's model, adaptive play, is now a standard dynamic of learning in games. It is the starting point of the stochastic-stability theory of equilibrium selection (Foster and Young 1990; Kandori, Mailath and Rob 1993), which builds on the perturbation theory of Freidlin and Wentzell (1984).

This mission covers the first half of the paper: §3 (the model) and §4 (convergence when the players make no mistakes). Before mistakes can be added and stochastically stable conventions selected, the unperturbed process must be shown to settle at all. Theorem 1 gives the condition under which it does.

Setting

Let Γ\GammaΓ be a game with finitely many players iii, a finite nonempty strategy set SiS_iSi​ for each player, and payoffs ui(s)u_i(s)ui​(s) for strategy tuples s∈∏jSjs \in \prod_j S_js∈∏j​Sj​. Write (x,s−i)(x, s_{-i})(x,s−i​) for sss with player iii's strategy replaced by xxx.

  • A play is a strategy tuple. Fix a memory mmm and a sample size kkk with 1≤k≤m1 \le k \le m1≤k≤m. The state h∈H=(∏jSj)mh \in H = (\prod_j S_j)^mh∈H=(∏j​Sj​)m is the sequence of the last mmm plays, oldest first.
  • A successor of hhh is obtained by deleting the oldest play and appending a new one.
  • A sample is a set of kkk positions of hhh. Player iii's best reply to a sample KKK maximizes the total payoff ∑t∈Kui(x,(ht)−i)\sum_{t \in K} u_i(x, (h_t)_{-i})∑t∈K​ui​(x,(ht​)−i​) against the sampled plays.
  • A best-reply distribution gives, for each iii and hhh, a probability distribution pi(⋅∣h)p_i(\cdot \mid h)pi​(⋅∣h) on SiS_iSi​ that is positive exactly on the strategies that are best replies to some sample of size kkk. The sampling law itself is arbitrary.
  • Adaptive play P0P^0P0 is the Markov chain on HHH that moves from hhh to the successor with new play sss with probability ∏ipi(si∣h)\prod_i p_i(s_i \mid h)∏i​pi​(si​∣h).
  • A strict Nash equilibrium is a tuple sss from which every unilateral deviation is strictly worse. A convention is a state (s,s,…,s)(s, s, \dots, s)(s,s,…,s) with sss a strict Nash equilibrium.
  • The best-reply graph has an edge s→(x,s−i)s \to (x, s_{-i})s→(x,s−i​) whenever x≠six \ne s_ix=si​ is a best reply of iii to s−is_{-i}s−i​. Γ\GammaΓ is weakly acyclic if from every sss a directed path leads to a sink. L(s)L(s)L(s) is the length of a shortest such path from sss to a strict Nash equilibrium, and LΓ=max⁡sL(s)L_\Gamma = \max_s L(s)LΓ​=maxs​L(s).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 64)

If Γ\GammaΓ is weakly acyclic and k≤m/(LΓ+2)k \le m/(L_\Gamma + 2)k≤m/(LΓ​+2), then for every best-reply distribution and every initial state hhh,

lim⁡t→∞∑h′ a convention((P0)t)hh′=1.\lim_{t\to\infty} \sum_{h' \text{ a convention}} \big((P^0)^t\big)_{hh'} = 1 .t→∞lim​h′ a convention∑​((P0)t)hh′​=1.

Milestones

  1. Absorbing states (§4, p. 62): Phh0=1P^0_{hh} = 1Phh0​=1 if and only if hhh is a convention.
  2. Sinks (§4, p. 64): the sinks of the best-reply graph are exactly the strict Nash equilibria. Hence weak acyclicity means that one-player-at-a-time best replies can reach a strict equilibrium from every tuple.
  3. A run of best replies (proof of Theorem 1, p. 64): if m≥2k−1m \ge 2k-1m≥2k−1, then with positive probability kkk consecutive identical best replies to the last kkk plays are appended.
  4. Uniform bound (proof of Theorem 1, p. 65): there is q>0q > 0q>0 such that from every state a convention is reached within M=kLΓ+mM = kL_\Gamma + mM=kLΓ​+m periods with probability at least qqq.
  5. Geometric tail (proof of Theorem 1, p. 64): such a uniform bound makes the probability of no convention after rMrMrM periods at most (1−q)r(1-q)^r(1−q)r.
  6. Example 2 (pp. 65–66, off the goal's path): in a Battle-of-the-Sexes game with complete sampling k=mk = mk=m, a perfectly miscoordinated history stays miscoordinated forever.

Significance

Theorem 1 identifies a class of games, the weakly acyclic ones, in which boundedly rational players who best-reply to small random samples of the past almost surely lock in to a strict pure equilibrium. The paper's examples of weakly acyclic games (p. 63) are pure coordination games and games with common interests in which no two strategy tuples are payoff equivalent. Absorption is in behaviour, not just in empirical frequencies. Example 2 shows that this fails for fictitious-play-like complete sampling, so the sampling ratio k/mk/mk/m is a real ingredient. The absorbing states identified in the first milestone are the states among which the stochastic-stability analysis of the paper's later sections selects.

The result is proved in the paper. To the best of our knowledge no machine-checked version exists. The mission asks for a formal proof of Theorem 1 and its milestones for an arbitrary best-reply distribution. That generality is the paper's own: non-uniform sampling is explicitly allowed. A formal proof also pins down the memory bookkeeping in the paper's proof (look-backs of 2k−12k-12k−1, 3k−13k-13k−1 and kr+2k−1kr + 2k - 1kr+2k−1 periods), which the text checks only in words.

Difficulty

Adaptive play is a finite Markov chain. The obvious route through the generic theory of absorbing chains requires showing that a convention is reachable from every state, and that is where the argument becomes delicate. A best-reply path in the game cannot be followed directly: each player only sees a random sample, and the players who are not moving must keep playing their old strategies. The proof gets around this by having the non-moving players keep sampling older parts of the history, so those parts must still be in memory. This is what forces the bound k≤m/(LΓ+2)k \le m/(L_\Gamma+2)k≤m/(LΓ​+2). A uniform, state-independent constant is then needed to turn reachability into almost-sure convergence.

Formalization scope

Players form a finite type ι, strategies a family of finite nonempty types S i, and payoffs u : ι → (∀ i, S i) → ℝ. A state is Fin m → ∀ i, S i with position 0 the oldest play. A best-reply distribution is any p : ∀ i, H → S i → ℝ with the stated support. All statements quantify over every such p. Adaptive play is a Matrix H H ℝ, and "converges almost surely to a convention" is stated through matrix powers. That is equivalent to almost-sure absorption because conventions are absorbing. The condition k≤m/(LΓ+2)k \le m/(L_\Gamma+2)k≤m/(LΓ​+2) is k(LΓ+2)≤mk(L_\Gamma+2) \le mk(LΓ​+2)≤m in ℕ. L(s)L(s)L(s) is an sInf on ℕ that is never empty under weak acyclicity.

The display (1) on p. 62 reads "the right-most element of hhh". The formalization uses the right-most element of the successor h′h'h′, the only reading under which the rule is meaningful.

The goal cannot be satisfied trivially. The sampling law is not fixed, the conclusion is a limit equal to 111 from every initial state (not "with positive probability" or "along some path"), and the hypotheses are jointly satisfiable, for example by a 2×22\times22×2 coordination game with uniform sampling. A best reply to a sample uses the joint empirical distribution of the sampled plays, not independent marginals.

A complete development needs elementary Markov-chain facts about matrix powers and absorbing sets, plus combinatorics of shifted histories. These parts are reusable for any finite-memory learning dynamic. Proofs of individual milestones are welcome independently.

Related platform work: stochastic fictitious play in potential games (StochFictPlay.*, Hofbauer–Sandholm 2002) and calibrated learning to correlated equilibrium (CalibratedCE.*, Foster–Vohra 1997) formalize other learning dynamics. The perturbed process and the selection of risk-dominant conventions are the subject of the sibling missions The Evolution of Conventions II and III.

Selected references

  • H. P. Young, The Evolution of Conventions, Econometrica 61(1), 1993, 57–84. https://doi.org/10.2307/2951778
  • D. Foster and H. P. Young, Stochastic Evolutionary Game Dynamics, Theoretical Population Biology 38, 1990, 219–232. https://doi.org/10.1016/0040-5809(90)90011-J
  • M. Kandori, G. J. Mailath and R. Rob, Learning, Mutation, and Long Run Equilibria in Games, Econometrica 61(1), 1993, 29–56. https://doi.org/10.2307/2951777
  • M. I. Freidlin and A. D. Wentzell, Random Perturbations of Dynamical Systems, Springer, 1984. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4684-0176-9
  • J. C. Harsanyi and R. Selten, A General Theory of Equilibrium Selection in Games, MIT Press, 1988.
  • J. Hofbauer and W. H. Sandholm, On the Global Convergence of Stochastic Fictitious Play, Econometrica 70(6), 2002, 2265–2294. https://doi.org/10.1111/1468-0262.00376
  • D. P. Foster and R. V. Vohra, Calibrated Learning and Correlated Equilibrium, Games and Economic Behavior 21, 1997, 40–55. https://doi.org/10.1006/game.1997.0595
22 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

The Fair Division of a Fixed Supply Among a Growing Population: WPO, Anonymity, Scale Invariance, Continuity and Population Monotonicity Characterize the Kalai–Smorodinsky SolutionResearch Paper

Motivation

Axiomatic bargaining theory asks which rule should divide a set of feasible utility vectors among a group of agents, and answers by listing properties a reasonable rule must have and determining the rules that have them. Nash's solution (Nash 1950) and the Kalai–Smorodinsky solution (Kalai and Smorodinsky 1975) are the two classical answers for a fixed set of two agents. Both characterizations take the number of agents as given.

In many division problems the group is not fixed: a supply of goods that was to be shared among some agents must later be shared among more. Thomson (1983) (Math. Oper. Res. 8:319–326) introduced a framework in which the population varies and a solution is a family of rules, one for each finite group. He proposed an axiom tying the rules for different groups together: when new agents arrive and the resources stay fixed, none of the original agents should gain (population monotonicity). The paper shows that this axiom, combined with four standard ones, singles out the Kalai–Smorodinsky solution.

Timeline.

  • 1950: Nash characterizes the Nash solution for two agents.
  • 1975: Kalai and Smorodinsky replace Nash's independence axiom by individual monotonicity and characterize their solution for two agents.
  • 1980: Roth (Internat. J. Game Theory 8, 129–132, cited as [5] in Thomson 1983) discusses the nnn-agent extension; Thomson notes that without comprehensiveness the nnn-agent solution can fail weak Pareto-optimality once n≥3n \ge 3n≥3.
  • 1983: Thomson characterizes the Kalai–Smorodinsky solution for a variable population by WPO, anonymity, scale invariance, continuity and population monotonicity. This is the result of this mission.

Setting

The agents are the natural numbers, and a group PPP is a nonempty finite set of agents. For a group PPP, RP\mathbb R^PRP is the space of real vectors indexed by PPP, and R+P\mathbb R^P_+R+P​ its nonnegative orthant. For vectors, x>yx > yx>y means xi>yix_i > y_ixi​>yi​ for every iii, x≧yx \geqq yx≧y means xi≥yix_i \ge y_ixi​≥yi​ for every iii, and x⩾yx \geqslant yx⩾y means x≧yx \geqq yx≧y with x≠yx \ne yx=y.

A division problem for PPP is a set S⊆R+PS \subseteq \mathbb R^P_+S⊆R+P​ that is compact, convex, contains a strictly positive vector, and is comprehensive: if x∈Sx \in Sx∈S and 0≦y≦x0 \leqq y \leqq x0≦y≦x, then y∈Sy \in Sy∈S. The class of these problems is ΣP\Sigma^PΣP. The subclass Σ~P\tilde\Sigma^PΣ~P also requires that whenever x,y∈Sx, y \in Sx,y∈S and y⩾xy \geqslant xy⩾x, some z∈Sz \in Sz∈S satisfies z>xz > xz>x.

A solution FFF chooses a point FP(S)∈SF^P(S) \in SFP(S)∈S for every group PPP and every S∈ΣPS \in \Sigma^PS∈ΣP. The ideal point of SSS is a(S)a(S)a(S), with ai(S)=max⁡x∈Sxia_i(S) = \max_{x \in S} x_iai​(S)=maxx∈S​xi​. The Kalai–Smorodinsky solution KKK selects the largest point of SSS on the segment from the origin to a(S)a(S)a(S):

KP(S)=t∗ a(S),t∗=max⁡{t≥0:t a(S)∈S}.K^P(S) = t^*\,a(S), \qquad t^* = \max\{t \ge 0 : t\,a(S) \in S\}.KP(S)=t∗a(S),t∗=max{t≥0:ta(S)∈S}.

The axioms on a solution FFF are:

  • WPO: no y∈Sy \in Sy∈S has y>FP(S)y > F^P(S)y>FP(S).
  • PO: no y∈Sy \in Sy∈S has y⩾FP(S)y \geqslant F^P(S)y⩾FP(S).
  • An: relabelling the agents along a bijection γ:P→P′\gamma : P \to P'γ:P→P′ relabels the outcome.
  • S. Inv: rescaling each agent's utility by a positive factor rescales the outcome the same way.
  • Cont: FP(Sk)→FP(S)F^P(S^k) \to F^P(S)FP(Sk)→FP(S) whenever Sk→SS^k \to SSk→S in the Hausdorff metric.
  • Mon: if P⊆QP \subseteq QP⊆Q, S∈ΣPS \in \Sigma^PS∈ΣP, T∈ΣQT \in \Sigma^QT∈ΣQ, and S=T∩RPS = T \cap \mathbb R^PS=T∩RP (the points of TTT that give zero to everyone outside PPP), then FiP(S)≥FiQ(T)F^P_i(S) \ge F^Q_i(T)FiP​(S)≥FiQ​(T) for every i∈Pi \in Pi∈P.

Formalization targets

Goal: the characterization (Theorems 1 and 3)

For every solution FFF,

F satisfies WPO, An, S. Inv, Cont, Mon  ⟺  FP(S)=KP(S)  for all finite P and all S∈ΣP.F \text{ satisfies WPO, An, S. Inv, Cont, Mon} \iff F^P(S) = K^P(S)\ \text{ for all finite } P \text{ and all } S \in \Sigma^P.F satisfies WPO, An, S. Inv, Cont, Mon⟺FP(S)=KP(S)  for all finite P and all S∈ΣP.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 1. KKK is a solution and satisfies WPO, An, S. Inv, Cont and Mon.
  2. Theorem 2, ∣P∣=2|P| = 2∣P∣=2. Under WPO, An, S. Inv and Mon, FP(S)≧KP(S)F^P(S) \geqq K^P(S)FP(S)≧KP(S) for every two-agent group.
  3. The replica problem (appendix). If a(S)=ePa(S) = e^Pa(S)=eP, aeP∈Sa e^P \in SaeP∈S and i0∈Pi_0 \in Pi0​∈P, there are Q⊇PQ \supseteq PQ⊇P with ∣Q∣=3∣P∣−2|Q| = 3|P| - 2∣Q∣=3∣P∣−2 and T∈ΣQT \in \Sigma^QT∈ΣQ such that T∩RP=ST \cap \mathbb R^P = ST∩RP=S and aeQ∈Ta e^Q \in TaeQ∈T. In addition, every agent j∈Qj \in Qj∈Q faces, in some slice of TTT, a relabelled copy of SSS in which jjj holds agent i0i_0i0​'s position.
  4. Theorem 2. Under WPO, An, S. Inv and Mon, FP(S)≧KP(S)F^P(S) \geqq K^P(S)FP(S)≧KP(S) for every PPP and every S∈ΣPS \in \Sigma^PS∈ΣP.
  5. Corollary 1. Under the same four axioms, F=KF = KF=K on every Σ~P\tilde\Sigma^PΣ~P.
  6. Density. Every S∈ΣPS \in \Sigma^PS∈ΣP is a Hausdorff limit of problems in Σ~P\tilde\Sigma^PΣ~P.
  7. Theorem 3. WPO, An, S. Inv, Cont and Mon imply F=KF = KF=K on every ΣP\Sigma^PΣP.

Two further statements accompany the goal. Corollary 2 says that no solution satisfies PO, An, S. Inv and Mon. Lemma 1 says that some solution other than KKK satisfies WPO, An, S. Inv and Mon.

Significance

The theorem identifies the Kalai–Smorodinsky solution as the only rule, among those treating agents symmetrically and ignoring utility units, under which an arrival of new claimants never benefits existing ones. Corollary 2 shows that weak Pareto-optimality cannot be strengthened to Pareto-optimality. Lemma 1 shows that continuity cannot be dropped. Together they fix the logical boundary of the result. The replica construction of the appendix is a reusable device: a problem in which every agent of a larger group faces an exact copy of one agent's situation.

The result has been proved since 1983. It has not been machine-checked, and to our knowledge no proof assistant library contains bargaining problems, solutions or the Kalai–Smorodinsky solution. The mission produces these definitions and checks the full argument, including two steps the paper asserts without proof. One is that the replica problem has the required slices. The other is that problems satisfying condition (c) are dense in the Hausdorff metric. Formalizing the paper also exposes a printed slip: Theorem 2 is stated as an equivalence, but only one direction is true and proved, and only that direction is stated here.

Difficulty

Theorem 1 asks for routine but real convex analysis. Continuity of KKK requires the ideal point and the maximal scalar t∗t^*t∗ to move continuously with SSS in the Hausdorff metric. Comprehensiveness and the strictly positive vector are what make this work.

The substance is in Theorem 2. The first thought is to compare FP(S)F^P(S)FP(S) with KP(S)K^P(S)KP(S) inside SSS alone, using only WPO, An and S. Inv. That cannot work: Lemma 1 exhibits a solution satisfying all four axioms that differs from KKK, so the argument must leave the group PPP. The proof builds a larger problem TTT in which every member of an enlarged group faces a copy of the worst-treated agent's position. Mon then caps each agent's payoff in TTT, and WPO fails at the diagonal point aeQa e^QaeQ. Choosing the groups and bijections, and verifying that each slice of the convex comprehensive hull is exactly the intended copy, is the delicate part. The paper dismisses it as "clear".

Theorem 3 needs the density of Σ~P\tilde\Sigma^PΣ~P in ΣP\Sigma^PΣP. An approximating problem must lose every flat face on its weak Pareto boundary while staying compact, convex and comprehensive.

Formalization scope

Agents are ℕ, where the paper uses {1,2,… }\{1, 2, \dots\}{1,2,…}; this relabelling is harmless. Groups are nonempty: for the empty group, R∅\mathbb R^\emptysetR∅ is a point and WPO would hold for no solution, so the page's "finite subsets" is read as nonempty finite subsets. A group is a Finset ℕ, and RP\mathbb R^PRP is the function type P → ℝ, whose metric is the sup metric. Hausdorff convergence uses Mathlib's extended Hausdorff distance Metric.hausdorffEDist. Convergence in it is equivalent to Euclidean Hausdorff convergence, because the norms are equivalent.

A solution is a total function on all sets, together with the hypothesis IsSolution F that FP(S)∈SF^P(S) \in SFP(S)∈S for S∈ΣPS \in \Sigma^PS∈ΣP. Every axiom quantifies over problems in ΣP\Sigma^PΣP only, and "FFF is the Kalai–Smorodinsky solution" means agreement on every ΣP\Sigma^PΣP. Two formalizations of the goal would be trivial or false, and the statements here rule out both: one that equates FFF and KKK as functions, and one that drops IsSolution.

The remaining conventions are these.

  • KKK and the ideal point use sSup. Both suprema are attained on ΣP\Sigma^PΣP.
  • T∩RPT \cap \mathbb R^PT∩RP is the set of xxx whose zero-extension lies in TTT.
  • An quantifies over bijections P ≃ P'.
  • Scalings have strictly positive factors.

Deviation from the page. Theorem 2's printed "if" direction is false, so only "only if" is stated. For example, choosing (2,1,1)(2,1,1)(2,1,1) on cch{(2,1,1),(0,2,0),(0,0,2)}\mathrm{cch}\{(2,1,1),(0,2,0),(0,0,2)\}cch{(2,1,1),(0,2,0),(0,0,2)} and KKK elsewhere gives a solution with F≧KF \geqq KF≧K that violates S. Inv. The replica milestone states the appendix construction existentially, for a generic agent i0i_0i0​ instead of agent 1.

Out of scope: Theorem 4 (solutions defined on Σ~P\tilde\Sigma^PΣ~P only, whose necessity proof is a sketch), and the remarks of §4.2–§4.4.

A complete development needs Hausdorff-metric continuity of maxima over compact sets and the convex comprehensive hull. It also needs elementary facts about slices and relabellings of comprehensive sets. All of these are reusable for other bargaining and fair-division formalizations. Contributions are welcome on any milestone, and on lemmas about ΣP\Sigma^PΣP that several milestones share.

Selected references

  • W. Thomson, The fair division of a fixed supply among a growing population, Mathematics of Operations Research 8(3):319–326, 1983. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.8.3.319
  • E. Kalai and M. Smorodinsky, Other solutions to Nash's bargaining problem, Econometrica 43(3):513–518, 1975. https://doi.org/10.2307/1914280
  • J. F. Nash, The bargaining problem, Econometrica 18(2):155–162, 1950. https://doi.org/10.2307/1907266
  • A. E. Roth, An impossibility result for n-person games, International Journal of Game Theory 8:129–132, 1980 (as cited in Thomson 1983, reference [5]); see the reference list of https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.8.3.319
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Mechanism DesignOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Incentive Compatibility and the Bargaining Problem I: The Incentive-Feasible Set Is Compact and Convex, and the Generalized Nash Bargaining Solution over It Exists and Is UniqueResearch Paper

Why private information changes bargaining

An arbitrator choosing an outcome for several people can ask them about their preferences, but the answer to that question may affect the outcome. A person who expects to gain from a false report may give one. Roger Myerson's 1979 paper puts this incentive problem inside a bargaining model: the arbitrator may randomize over collective choices, and an allocation is considered feasible only if some mechanism makes truthful reporting an equilibrium. The paper then applies a weighted Nash bargaining criterion to the resulting set of feasible interim payoffs. The mission formalizes the existence and uniqueness result for that criterion, along with the finite Bayesian model on which it depends.

The issue matters whenever an agreement is selected using information known privately to its participants. If the arbitrator evaluates a payoff vector that can arise only when somebody has a reason to lie, that vector cannot serve as a credible bargaining alternative under the model's own behavior assumption. Myerson's feasible set keeps the behavioral constraint visible when the group compares agreements. This mission addresses the paper's Theorems 1 and 3 and the claims between them that establish the relevant sets and their reference point.

The finite Bayesian choice problem

Let III be a nonempty finite set of players. Player iii has a nonempty finite type set AiA_iAi​, and the group has a nonempty finite set CCC of possible choices. A type profile is α∈∏i∈IAi\alpha\in\prod_{i\in I}A_iα∈∏i∈I​Ai​. The utility Ui(c,α)∈RU_i(c,\alpha)\in\mathbb RUi​(c,α)∈R is player iii's payoff when choice ccc occurs and α\alphaα is the true profile. A nonnegative function PPP on type profiles, summing to one, is the common prior. Write Ri(ai)R_i(a_i)Ri​(ai​) for the probability that player iii has type aia_iai​, and Pi(α∣ai)P_i(\alpha\mid a_i)Pi​(α∣ai​) for the posterior probability of α\alphaα conditional on that type. Every Ri(ai)R_i(a_i)Ri​(ai​) is positive, so the conditional probabilities are defined.

A choice mechanism π\piπ asks each player for a response and assigns a probability π(c∣s)\pi(c\mid s)π(c∣s) to each choice ccc at each response profile sss. For the direct mechanisms used here, the response set of player iii is AiA_iAi​: a response is a claimed type. The probabilities are nonnegative and sum to one for each response profile. If a player whose true type is aia_iai​ instead reports bib_ibi​, while the others report truthfully, the player's conditional expected utility is Zi(π,bi∣ai)Z_i(\pi,b_i\mid a_i)Zi​(π,bi​∣ai​). The posterior Pi(α∣ai)P_i(\alpha\mid a_i)Pi​(α∣ai​) weights true profiles; the mechanism sees the profile with only coordinate iii replaced by bib_ibi​; and utility is evaluated at the true profile α\alphaα.

The mechanism is Bayesian incentive-compatible when Zi(π,ai∣ai)≥Zi(π,bi∣ai)Z_i(\pi,a_i\mid a_i)\ge Z_i(\pi,b_i\mid a_i)Zi​(π,ai​∣ai​)≥Zi​(π,bi​∣ai​) for every player and pair of types. Its interim payoff vector V(π)V(\pi)V(π) has one coordinate Vi,ai(π)=Zi(π,ai∣ai)V_{i,a_i}(\pi)=Z_i(\pi,a_i\mid a_i)Vi,ai​​(π)=Zi​(π,ai​∣ai​) for every player-type pair. The set FFF contains the vectors attained by all direct choice mechanisms; F∗F^*F∗ contains those attained by Bayesian incentive-compatible direct choice mechanisms. Theorem 1 says F∗F^*F∗ is nonempty, convex, compact, and contained in FFF. The nonemptiness claim includes the mechanism that selects each choice with probability 1/∣C∣1/|C|1/∣C∣, independent of all reports.

Formalization targets

Fix a conflict outcome c∗∈Cc^*\in Cc∗∈C: the choice that occurs if bargaining fails. Its conflict payoff vector ttt gives each player type the conditional expected utility from that fixed choice. A constant mechanism selects c∗c^*c∗ regardless of reports. It is incentive-compatible and generates ttt, so t∈F∗t\in F^*t∈F∗. The individually rational incentive-feasible set is

F+∗={x∈F∗:xi,ai≥ti,ai for all i,ai}.F^*_+=\{x\in F^*: x_{i,a_i}\ge t_{i,a_i}\text{ for all }i,a_i\}.F+∗​={x∈F∗:xi,ai​​≥ti,ai​​ for all i,ai​}.

For x∈F+∗x\in F^*_+x∈F+∗​, the generalized Nash product of equation (18) is

N(x)=∏i∈I∏ai∈Ai(xi,ai−ti,ai)Ri(ai).N(x)=\prod_{i\in I}\prod_{a_i\in A_i} (x_{i,a_i}-t_{i,a_i})^{R_i(a_i)}.N(x)=i∈I∏​ai​∈Ai​∏​(xi,ai​​−ti,ai​​)Ri​(ai​).

A bargaining solution is a vector in F+∗F^*_+F+∗​ that maximizes NNN over that set. Myerson's Theorem 3, the goal of this mission, says that if the constant conflict mechanism is not incentive-efficient—that is, an incentive-compatible mechanism strictly improves every player-type payoff over it—then exactly one such vector exists:

¬Efficient⁡(πc∗)⟹∃!x∈F+∗  ∀y∈F+∗,  N(y)≤N(x).\neg\operatorname{Efficient}(\pi_{c^*}) \quad\Longrightarrow\quad \exists!x\in F^*_+\;\forall y\in F^*_+,\;N(y)\le N(x).¬Efficient(πc∗​)⟹∃!x∈F+∗​∀y∈F+∗​,N(y)≤N(x).

The milestones follow the paper's claims: the uniform mechanism is incentive-compatible; F∗F^*F∗ has the four properties in Theorem 1; the conflict vector belongs to F∗F^*F∗; every Nash-product maximizer strictly improves each conflict payoff when such improvement is feasible; and every implementing mechanism is incentive-efficient. The final claim concerns a mechanism that realizes the maximizing vector. It does not assert uniqueness of that mechanism.

What the result provides

Theorem 1 supplies a feasible set that respects truthful reporting. Theorem 3 selects a unique interim payoff vector from that set after a conflict outcome is specified. It thereby gives a well-defined allocation criterion for the paper's finite Bayesian collective choice problems. Myerson also observes that several mechanisms may implement the same solution. The allocation, rather than a unique mechanism, is the object selected by the theorem.

The result was proved in the 1979 paper. The work here is a machine-checked statement and, for solvers, a proof of that known result and its supporting claims in Lean. The mission's statements are open proof targets; the source paper's proof is not claimed to have been formalized already. A related platform item on Nash's two-player axiomatic characterization concerns a solution function on compact convex subsets of R2\mathbb R^2R2. It is a distinct result and supplies neither this paper's Bayesian model nor Theorem 3.

The mathematical obstacle

The set of all real-valued functions on choices and reports is much larger than the set of mechanisms: probabilities must be nonnegative and sum to one at every report profile. Bayesian incentive compatibility adds inequalities involving the true and reported type in different positions. Theorem 1 requires these constraints to give the compact, convex set of attainable interim payoffs, rather than merely a formal collection of payoff functions.

The Nash product also has a boundary: an individually rational vector may match the conflict payoff in one coordinate, making its product zero. Theorem 3's hypothesis has to rule out a zero maximum before uniqueness of an interior maximum can be concluded. The weights Ri(ai)R_i(a_i)Ri​(ai​) matter in that uniqueness statement, and the result ranges over all player-type coordinates, not only one aggregate payoff per player. Restricting the maximization to an arbitrary small subset, fixing two players, or assuming a positive maximum would change the theorem.

Formalization scope

Lean represents players, each type set, and choices as finite nonempty types. Type profiles are dependent functions ∏iAi\prod_i A_i∏i​Ai​; interim vectors are real functions on the disjoint union ∑iAi\sum_i A_i∑i​Ai​, with the product topology. A mechanism is a real function π:C→(∏iAi)→R\pi:C\to(\prod_i A_i)\to\mathbb Rπ:C→(∏i​Ai​)→R subject to explicit nonnegativity and sum-to-one constraints. Both FFF and F∗F^*F∗ quantify only over functions satisfying those constraints. Conditional beliefs use the common prior in equations (3)–(4), and positive marginal probabilities make every denominator meaningful without requiring positive probability for each full profile. The positivity of every Ri(ai)R_i(a_i)Ri​(ai​) is an assumption the paper makes implicitly by dividing by it in (3); it is a field of the problem structure, not a hypothesis of the theorems. The subjective reading of PiP_iPi​ and RiR_iRi​ that the paper permits on p. 63, the response-plan equilibria of Section 3, and the numerical example of Section 6 are outside this mission.

Strict dominance means a strict gain for every player type. The constant mechanism, conflict vector, and individually rational set are defined from the problem data. The conflict vector is defined by equation (16), while its equality with the constant mechanism's payoff is a theorem item. The product uses real powers with the paper's marginal weights and is compared only on F+∗F^*_+F+∗​, where each base is nonnegative. A solution is a maximizer property; it is not chosen in advance or supplied as a theorem hypothesis. These choices exclude vacuous encodings of incentive efficiency, unrestricted mechanisms, and a maximization domain that already contains only a nominated winner.

A complete proof development needs finite sums and products, continuous and convex maps on finite-dimensional real spaces, compactness of the constrained mechanism set, and facts about positive weighted real powers or logarithms on the strictly positive region. The model definitions can be reused for the paper's separate revelation-principle mission; this mission also welcomes proofs of the explicit claims about the uniform mechanism, the conflict mechanism, and product maximizers.

Selected references

  • Roger B. Myerson, Incentive Compatibility and the Bargaining Problem, Econometrica 47(1), 61–73, 1979. DOI: 10.2307/1912346.
  • John F. Nash, The Bargaining Problem, Econometrica 18(2), 155–162, 1950. DOI: 10.2307/1907266.
  • John C. Harsanyi and Reinhard Selten, A Generalized Nash Solution for Two-Person Bargaining Games with Incomplete Information, Management Science 18(5), P80–P106, 1972. DOI: 10.1287/mnsc.18.5.80.
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Comparison of Threshold Stop Rules and Maximum for Independent Nonnegative Random Variables I: A Median Threshold Rule Achieves EX* ≤ 2E⁺X_τResearch Paper

Why a threshold rule matters

In a finite stopping problem, a decision maker observes rewards one at a time and must accept one without seeing the future. A fully informed observer takes the maximum. This comparison is often called a prophet inequality. The abstract bound that an optimal stopping rule can secure at least half the expected maximum does not say how to choose a simple rule. Samuel-Cahn showed that a threshold chosen from a median of the maximum already gives this guarantee, even when the rewards are independent but differently distributed. The rule requires one number fixed before observations begin. Samuel-Cahn, 1984

The paper builds on earlier comparisons between the maximum and the best stopping value, then narrows attention to rules that accept an observation when it crosses a fixed threshold. This mission isolates its first main result, Theorem 1, and the two cases that determine whether the crossing test is strict or weak. The paper's second main result, concerning the sharpness of the constant for identically distributed rewards, belongs to the next mission in this series. Samuel-Cahn, 1984, pp. 1213–1215

Observations and threshold rules

Let n≥1n\ge1n≥1, and let X1,…,XnX_1,\ldots,X_nX1​,…,Xn​ be independent, nonnegative real random variables. Write Xn∗=max⁡(X1,…,Xn)X_n^*=\max(X_1,\ldots,X_n)Xn∗​=max(X1​,…,Xn​). For a threshold c≥0c\ge0c≥0, the weak threshold rule t(c)t(c)t(c) takes the first XiX_iXi​ with i<ni<ni<n and Xi≥cX_i\ge cXi​≥c; the strict threshold rule s(c)s(c)s(c) uses Xi>cX_i>cXi​>c. If no earlier observation qualifies, either rule takes XnX_nXn​, even when XnX_nXn​ is below the threshold. Hence every rule returns exactly one observed reward.

The paper distinguishes the full stopped reward from its positive threshold reward. In its notation,

E+Xt(c)=E[Xt(c)1{Xt(c)≥c}],E+Xs(c)=E[Xs(c)1{Xs(c)>c}].E^+X_{t(c)}=E[X_{t(c)}\mathbf1_{\{X_{t(c)}\ge c\}}], \qquad E^+X_{s(c)}=E[X_{s(c)}\mathbf1_{\{X_{s(c)}>c\}}].E+Xt(c)​=E[Xt(c)​1{Xt(c)​≥c}​],E+Xs(c)​=E[Xs(c)​1{Xs(c)​>c}​].

The last forced observation may contribute to EXt(c)E X_{t(c)}EXt(c)​ or EXs(c)E X_{s(c)}EXs(c)​ while contributing zero to E+Xt(c)E^+X_{t(c)}E+Xt(c)​ or E+Xs(c)E^+X_{s(c)}E+Xs(c)​. This difference is essential to the theorem's middle bounds. A median mmm of Xn∗X_n^*Xn∗​ means both P(Xn∗<m)≤12P(X_n^*<m)\le\tfrac12P(Xn∗​<m)≤21​ and P(Xn∗>m)≤12P(X_n^*>m)\le\tfrac12P(Xn∗​>m)≤21​. Define the excess sum β=∑i=1nE(Xi−m)+\beta=\sum_{i=1}^n E(X_i-m)^+β=∑i=1n​E(Xi​−m)+, where x+=max⁡(x,0)x^+=\max(x,0)x+=max(x,0). The two median inequalities allow an atom at mmm, and the two threshold rules handle that boundary differently. Samuel-Cahn, 1984, pp. 1213–1214, (1.1)–(1.2)

Formalization targets

Theorem 1: a median threshold

For every median mmm, the goal retains both of the paper's conditional conclusions:

β≥m⟹EXn∗≤2E+Xs(m)≤2EXs(m),β≤m⟹EXn∗≤2E+Xt(m)≤2EXt(m).\begin{aligned} \beta\ge m&\Longrightarrow E X_n^*\le2E^+X_{s(m)}\le2E X_{s(m)},\\ \beta\le m&\Longrightarrow E X_n^*\le2E^+X_{t(m)}\le2E X_{t(m)}. \end{aligned}β≥mβ≤m​⟹EXn∗​≤2E+Xs(m)​≤2EXs(m)​,⟹EXn∗​≤2E+Xt(m)​≤2EXt(m)​.​

At equality β=m\beta=mβ=m, both conclusions apply. The attack path follows the expected maximum bound (1.3), the displayed identities and probability bound in (1.4), and the companion weak threshold display. Each milestone points to an actual line of the paper. The NOTE and ASSERTION give a further interval of working thresholds: if a∗=E(Xn∗−a∗)+a^*=E(X_n^*-a^*)^+a∗=E(Xn∗​−a∗)+ and b∗=∑iE(Xi−b∗)+b^*=\sum_iE(X_i-b^*)^+b∗=∑i​E(Xi​−b∗)+, then every a∗≤c≤b∗a^*\le c\le b^*a∗≤c≤b∗ satisfies the same chain with t(c)t(c)t(c). Remark 1 records the special case of observations taking values in one common two point set. Samuel-Cahn, 1984, pp. 1214–1215

What the result gives

Theorem 1 replaces the unspecified best stopping policy with a specific threshold chosen from the distribution of the maximum. It also shows that the thresholded part of the stopped reward alone meets the factor two bound. That stronger middle statement distinguishes the theorem from an outer comparison EXn∗≤2EXτE X_n^*\le2E X_\tauEXn∗​≤2EXτ​. For a reward distribution with atoms, the theorem says exactly when to use >>> and when to use ≥\ge≥. Its companion ASSERTION shows that a median is not the only useful threshold choice. Samuel-Cahn, 1984, p. 1214

The result is proved in the paper; the work here is to express its assumptions, boundary behavior, and all displayed inequalities as Lean statements that solvers can prove. The milestones expose reusable facts about positive parts, forced stopping, and independence of a current observation from the event that the rule has survived earlier ones. No machine checked proof of these drafted statements is claimed. The second mission can use the completed theorem to formalize why the factor two cannot be improved uniformly over threshold rules, even for identically distributed observations.

Where the formal proof is delicate

The event that a rule reaches index iii depends on the observations before iii. Establishing its independence from the excess of XiX_iXi​ requires mutual independence of the whole family; pairwise independence does not express enough. A forced stop at nnn also makes the positive threshold reward smaller than the full stopped reward whenever the last observation misses the threshold. Ignoring that last case would erase one of the theorem's conclusions. Finally, atoms at the median prevent the strict and weak crossing events from being interchanged. Samuel-Cahn, 1984, (1.1)–(1.4)

Formalization scope

Lean indexes the nnn observations by Fin nnn with n>0n>0n>0. Its index zero is the paper's index one, and the greatest index is the paper's mandatory final stop nnn. The rules are the least qualifying index or that final index. The paper's s(m)>i−1s(m)>i-1s(m)>i−1 and t(m)>i−1t(m)>i-1t(m)>i−1 therefore become i≤s(m)i\le s(m)i≤s(m) and i≤t(m)i\le t(m)i≤t(m). Observations are measurable, nonnegative almost surely, and mutually independent under a probability measure.

Expectations use the extended nonnegative integral of the positive part, taking values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. This keeps infinite expected rewards visible without imposing an integrability assumption absent from Theorem 1. The median has both strict tail inequalities from (1.1). The identities for positive stopped rewards state m≥0m\ge0m≥0 directly; in the goal this follows from nonnegativity and the median condition. The balance thresholds a∗a^*a∗ and b∗b^*b∗ are parameters satisfying the paper's defining equations, with no extra uniqueness hypothesis in statements that do not use it.

The goal cannot be satisfied by replacing E+XτE^+X_\tauE+Xτ​ with EXτE X_\tauEXτ​, by permitting a rule to return no observation, or by making the median predicate empty. Useful contributions include the measurable threshold rule interface, the pathwise excess decomposition, the factorization under mutual independence, and the remaining extended nonnegative arithmetic. Those pieces can also support other finite prophet inequality developments.

Selected references

  • E. Samuel-Cahn, Comparison of Threshold Stop Rules and Maximum for Independent Nonnegative Random Variables, The Annals of Probability 12(4), 1213–1216, 1984. DOI: 10.1214/aop/1176993150
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Complexity TheoryLinear OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

The Polynomial Hierarchy and a Simple Model for Competitive Analysis: Every Optimum of the (p+1)-Level Linear Game J'(F) Is Binary, with x(F) = 1 iff the Σ_p Sentence (3.3) HoldsResearch Paper

Why multi-level programs are hard

Multi-level programs model a hierarchy of decision makers: a leader commits to a decision, a follower optimises given it, a follower of the follower optimises given both, and so on. Bilevel programs are the standard model of Stackelberg competition, toll setting, network interdiction and many other leader–follower problems in operations research (Candler and Townsley 1982; Bard and Falk 1982). When every level has a linear criterion and the constraints are linear, each player's problem looks like a linear program, and it is natural to hope that the whole hierarchy is solvable in polynomial time.

R. G. Jeroslow's 1985 paper (Math. Programming 32, 146–164) shows that this hope fails at every level of the polynomial hierarchy: a (p+1)(p+1)(p+1)-level linear program with fixed criteria can encode the truth of a Σp\Sigma_pΣp​ quantified Boolean sentence. The result places multi-level linear programming in the polynomial hierarchy and is widely cited for the Σp\Sigma_pΣp​-hardness of such programs; NP-hardness of bilevel linear programs (Corollary 4.6) is its special case p=1p=1p=1.

Setting

A multi-level program has real variables x=(x1,…,xp)x=(x^1,\dots,x^p)x=(x1,…,xp), a feasible set S0S_0S0​ (a polyhedron {x:∑iAixi≥b}\{x: \sum_i A^ix^i\ge b\}{x:∑i​Aixi≥b} in the linear case), and players p,p−1,…,1p,p-1,\dots,1p,p−1,…,1 who move in that order; player iii controls xix^ixi and minimises a fixed linear criterion cixc^ixcix. The solution sets are defined from the last mover upwards: S1S_1S1​ is the set of x∈S0x\in S_0x∈S0​ at which player 1's criterion is minimal given the choices of all earlier movers, and in general SjS_{j}Sj​ keeps the points of Sj−1S_{j-1}Sj−1​ minimising cjxc^jxcjx among the points of Sj−1S_{j-1}Sj−1​ that agree with xxx on xj+1,…,xpx^{j+1},\dots,x^pxj+1,…,xp. The value is cpxc^pxcpx on SpS_pSp​, when Sp≠∅S_p\neq\emptysetSp​=∅. The sets SjS_jSj​ can be empty even when S0S_0S0​ is a nonempty polytope: the paper's four-level Example has S4=∅S_4=\emptysetS4​=∅ because S3S_3S3​ is not closed.

A propositional formula FFF over blocks of atoms X1,…,XpX_1,\dots,X_pX1​,…,Xp​ (block XkX_kXk​ has nkn_knk​ atoms) is encoded by the linear system LFL_FLF​: one variable x(G)∈[0,1]x(G)\in[0,1]x(G)∈[0,1] per non-atomic subformula, with the inequalities (3.1a)–(3.1c) for ∨\vee∨, ∧\wedge∧, ¬\neg¬. The quantifier of block XkX_kXk​ is Qk=∃Q_k=\existsQk​=∃ when p−kp-kp−k is even, so

(∃Xp)(∀Xp−1)⋯(Q1X1) [F(X1,…,Xp)=1](3.3)(\exists X_p)(\forall X_{p-1})\cdots(Q_1X_1)\,[F(X_1,\dots,X_p)=1] \qquad (3.3)(∃Xp​)(∀Xp−1​)⋯(Q1​X1​)[F(X1​,…,Xp​)=1](3.3)

is a Σp\Sigma_pΣp​ sentence.

The game J′(F)J'(F)J′(F) adds a bookkeeper, player 000, who moves last. Player k≥1k\ge1k≥1 controls the atoms of XkX_kXk​, and player 111 also controls auxiliary variables yyy; the bookkeeper controls the x(G)x(G)x(G), a variable uuu fixed to 111, and auxiliary variables zzz. Two gadgets, (4.1) and (4.6), let the bookkeeper and player 1 turn the linear criteria into the piecewise-linear functions Zk=1−x(F)+2∑jP(xkj)Z_k=1-x(F)+2\sum_jP(x_{kj})Zk​=1−x(F)+2∑j​P(xkj​) (or x(F)+…x(F)+\dotsx(F)+… for universal QkQ_kQk​) and Z1=(1−x(F))+fr(1−x(F))+10L∑jfr(x1j)+…Z_1=(1-x(F))+fr(1-x(F))+10L\sum_j fr(x_{1j})+\dotsZ1​=(1−x(F))+fr(1−x(F))+10L∑j​fr(x1j​)+…, where LLL is the length of FFF, fr(x)=min⁡{x,1−x}fr(x)=\min\{x,1-x\}fr(x)=min{x,1−x}, and P(x)=1P(x)=1P(x)=1 at x∈{0,1}x\in\{0,1\}x∈{0,1}, 222 otherwise.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.5 (p≥2p\ge2p≥2)

Let SSS be the set of optimal solutions Sp+1S_{p+1}Sp+1​ of J′(F)J'(F)J′(F). Then S≠∅S\neq\emptysetS=∅; at every optimum all atom variables and all x(G)x(G)x(G) are binary; and

x(F)=1  ⟺  (3.3) holds,value(J′(F))=2np+1−x(F).x(F)=1 \iff (3.3)\ \text{holds},\qquad \text{value}(J'(F)) = 2n_p+1-x(F).x(F)=1⟺(3.3) holds,value(J′(F))=2np​+1−x(F).

Moreover, when (3.3) holds, v∈Rnpv\in\mathbb R^{n_p}v∈Rnp​ is player ppp's block in some optimum iff vvv is binary and the Πp−1\Pi_{p-1}Πp−1​ sentence (4.17) holds at the truth valuation of vvv.

Milestones

In attack order: Lemma 3.1 (correctness of LFL_FLF​ on binary inputs); Lemma 4.1 (robustness of LFL_FLF​ near binary inputs); Lemmas 4.2 and 4.3 (the bottom two levels of a bounded linear multi-level program are solvable, via LP duality); the bookkeeper identities z=∣2y−x∣z=|2y-x|z=∣2y−x∣ and z=fr(x)z=fr(x)z=fr(x) in S1S_1S1​; (4.2) and (4.3) (player 1's and player kkk's responses on the gadgets); Lemma 4.4 (the induction on kkk with the higher blocks fixed). Companion theorems: Corollary 4.6 (the bilevel case: value 000 iff (∃X1)F(\exists X_1)F(∃X1​)F), the §2 Example, and Proposition 3.2 (the pure binary game J(F)J(F)J(F)).

Significance

The theorem shows that deciding the value of a (p+1)(p+1)(p+1)-level linear program with fixed criteria is at least as hard as deciding Σp\Sigma_pΣp​ sentences, so known exact algorithms for multi-level linear programs cannot be expected to run in polynomial time once p≥2p\ge2p≥2, and even recognising an optimal move is Πp−1\Pi_{p-1}Πp−1​-hard. The bilevel case is an early NP-hardness proof for bilevel linear programming, and the construction (a bookkeeper player and absolute-value gadgets that force binary choices) is a template for hardness reductions to leader–follower problems.

The result is proved in the paper but, to our knowledge, has no machine-checked formalization. A formal development makes precise the solution concept (conditional rather than lexicographic minimisation), which the literature states in several inequivalent ways, and checks a proof whose printed version leaves cases to the reader (the ∧\wedge∧, ¬\neg¬ cases of Lemma 4.1, the universal cases of Lemma 4.4) and applies Lemma 4.3 to a feasible set that is unbounded (the (4.1) variable zzz has no upper bound).

Difficulty

The obvious argument, "each existential player picks a satisfying assignment and each universal player a counterexample", works for the pure binary game J(F)J(F)J(F) (Proposition 3.2) but not for continuous variables: a player may choose fractional values, and the solution sets of a multi-level program need not exist (the §2 Example). The work is in showing that every player is forced to binary choices. Player 1's fractional choices are ruled out only through the robustness estimate of Lemma 4.1 with the weight 10L10L10L, and the existence of optimal solutions at every level has to be established along the induction, since it fails for general three-level programs.

Formalization scope

  • Players are indexed from 000; player iii optimises at level i+1i+1i+1. In J′(F)J'(F)J′(F) the players are 0,…,p0,\dots,p0,…,p as in the paper; in the §2 Example and in J(F)J(F)J(F) the paper's player iii is index i−1i-1i−1. Blocks are 0-based: block k : Fin p is the paper's Xk+1X_{k+1}Xk+1​, owned by player k+1k+1k+1 in J′(F)J'(F)J′(F).
  • solSet encodes the conditional minimisation of (3.7), p. 152. HasValue N w requires SN≠∅S_N\neq\emptysetSN​=∅; the value +∞+\infty+∞ is not modelled.
  • Formulas use ¬,∧,∨\neg,\wedge,\vee¬,∧,∨ (the paper rewrites →\to→ as ¬G1∨G2\neg G_1\vee G_2¬G1​∨G2​); the length counts atoms and connectives. Data are real; the paper's rationality assumption plays no role in the statements.
  • The bookkeeper controls the x(G)x(G)x(G) and has criterion "+z+z+z on (4.1) gadgets, −z-z−z on (4.6) gadgets, and +x(G)+x(G)+x(G) for each non-atomic subformula," as stated on p. 155. The (4.1) variable zzz has no upper bound. The constant 111 of (4.4)/(4.7) is the variable uuu with u=1u=1u=1.
  • "Binary value, zero iff F∈BpF\in B_pF∈Bp​" is stated exactly: the value is 2np+1−x(F)2n_p+1-x(F)2np​+1−x(F), and x(F)=1x(F)=1x(F)=1 iff (3.3). "All optimal solutions are binary" covers the atom variables and the x(G)x(G)x(G), not the gadget variable zzz, which equals 222 at y=1y=1y=1, ξ=0\xi=0ξ=0.
  • The goal is not trivialisable: its first conjunct asserts that the optimal set is nonempty, which fails for general multi-level programs (the §2 Example), so the remaining conjuncts are not vacuous.

A complete development needs a linear-programming duality argument for Lemma 4.2 (Mathlib has IsExtreme and Set.extremePoints; LP duality is on the platform as a single-level theorem) and an induction over the levels of the game. The definitions MultilevelProgram, solSet and the formula encoding LSys are reusable for other complexity results on hierarchical optimisation. Proofs of any milestone, including the generic Lemmas 4.2–4.3 and the formula Lemmas 3.1 and 4.1, are welcome independently.

Selected references

  • R. G. Jeroslow, The polynomial hierarchy and a simple model for competitive analysis, Mathematical Programming 32 (1985) 146–164. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01586088
  • W. Candler and R. Townsley, A linear two-level programming problem, Computers & Operations Research 9 (1982) 59–76. https://doi.org/10.1016/0305-0548(82)90006-5
  • J. F. Bard and J. E. Falk, An explicit solution to the multi-level programming problem, Computers & Operations Research 9 (1982) 77–100. https://doi.org/10.1016/0305-0548(82)90007-7
  • L. J. Stockmeyer, The polynomial-time hierarchy, Theoretical Computer Science 3 (1976) 1–22. https://doi.org/10.1016/0304-3975(76)90061-X
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Cooperative Fuzzy Games 1: A Balanced Game without Side Payments Has a Nonempty Core Containing the Core of Its Fuzzy ExtensionResearch Paper

Motivation

A game without side payments (an NTU game) describes cooperation in which utility cannot be transferred between players: each coalition AAA of players is assigned the set V(A)V(A)V(A) of payoff vectors it can secure on its own. The core is the set of payoffs to the grand coalition that no coalition can improve upon. Whether the core is nonempty is the basic stability question of cooperative game theory. For games with side payments the answer is the Bondareva–Shapley theorem. For NTU games it is Scarf's theorem (Scarf 1967): a balanced game has a nonempty core. Billera (1970) gave a convex version, in which the payoff sets are convex and balancedness is stated with weighted Minkowski sums.

Aubin's paper (Aubin 1981) obtains Billera's version of the theorem by a different route. Players may join coalitions at fractional rates of participation, and the paper first proves a core existence theorem for these fuzzy games. The game on ordinary coalitions is then embedded into a fuzzy game whose core lies inside the core of the original game.

Setting

The players are N={1,…,n}N = \{1,\dots,n\}N={1,…,n}. A coalition A⊆NA \subseteq NA⊆N is identified with its characteristic vector τA∈{0,1}n\tau^A \in \{0,1\}^nτA∈{0,1}n, and τN=(1,…,1)\tau^N = (1,\dots,1)τN=(1,…,1). A fuzzy coalition is a vector τ∈[0,1]n\tau \in [0,1]^nτ∈[0,1]n of participation rates with support Aτ={i:τi>0}A_\tau = \{i : \tau_i > 0\}Aτ​={i:τi​>0}. Write (τ⋅c)i=τici(\tau\cdot c)_i = \tau_i c_i(τ⋅c)i​=τi​ci​, Rτ=τ⋅Rn\mathbb{R}^\tau = \tau\cdot\mathbb{R}^nRτ=τ⋅Rn for the vectors vanishing off AτA_\tauAτ​, R+τ\mathbb{R}^\tau_+R+τ​ for its nonnegative part, and R˚+τ\mathring{\mathbb{R}}^\tau_+R˚+τ​ for the vectors strictly positive on AτA_\tauAτ​.

A fuzzy game without side payments assigns to each τ≥0\tau \ge 0τ≥0 a nonempty, closed, convex set V(τ)⊆RτV(\tau)\subseteq\mathbb{R}^\tauV(τ)⊆Rτ. Each V(τ)V(\tau)V(τ) is comprehensive, meaning V(τ)=V(τ)−R+τV(\tau) = V(\tau)-\mathbb{R}^\tau_+V(τ)=V(τ)−R+τ​, and bounded above, meaning V(τ)⊆C−R+τV(\tau)\subseteq C-\mathbb{R}^\tau_+V(τ)⊆C−R+τ​ for some CCC. The map is positively homogeneous: V(tτ)=tV(τ)V(t\tau) = tV(\tau)V(tτ)=tV(τ) for every t>0t>0t>0. Its core is the set of c∈V(τN)c\in V(\tau^N)c∈V(τN) such that τ⋅c∉V(τ)−R˚+τ\tau\cdot c\notin V(\tau)-\mathring{\mathbb{R}}^\tau_+τ⋅c∈/V(τ)−R˚+τ​ for every fuzzy coalition τ≠0\tau\neq 0τ=0. With the support function v(τ,λ)=sup⁡c∈V(τ)∑iλiciv(\tau,\lambda)=\sup_{c\in V(\tau)}\sum_i\lambda_i c_iv(τ,λ)=supc∈V(τ)​∑i​λi​ci​ and the simplex MnM^nMn, a weak (resp. strong) canonical cooperative equilibrium is a c∈V(τN)c\in V(\tau^N)c∈V(τN) together with a λˉ∈Mn\bar\lambda\in M^nλˉ∈Mn (resp. λˉ\bar\lambdaλˉ with all coordinates positive) satisfying ∑iλˉiτici≥v(τ,λˉ)\sum_i\bar\lambda^i\tau_ic_i\ge v(\tau,\bar\lambda)∑i​λˉiτi​ci​≥v(τ,λˉ) for every τ∈[0,1]n\tau\in[0,1]^nτ∈[0,1]n.

A usual NTU game lives on a family C\mathcal{C}C of coalitions that contains NNN and every singleton. For each A∈CA\in\mathcal{C}A∈C, the set V(A)⊆RAV(A)\subseteq\mathbb{R}^AV(A)⊆RA is nonempty, closed, convex, comprehensive and bounded above. A balance of τ\tauτ is a vector of weights m≥0m\ge 0m≥0 on C\mathcal{C}C with ∑A∋im(A)=τi\sum_{A\ni i}m(A)=\tau_i∑A∋i​m(A)=τi​ for every iii, and C(τ)\mathcal{C}(\tau)C(τ) is the set of balances of τ\tauτ. The fuzzy extension of the game is

πV(τ)=⋃m∈C(τ) ∑A∈Cm(A) V(A),\pi V(\tau)=\bigcup_{m\in\mathcal{C}(\tau)}\ \sum_{A\in\mathcal{C}} m(A)\,V(A),πV(τ)=m∈C(τ)⋃​ A∈C∑​m(A)V(A),

and the game is balanced if V(N)=πV(τN)V(N)=\pi V(\tau^N)V(N)=πV(τN).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.1

For a balanced game without side payments,

∅≠core⁡(πV)⊆core⁡(V),CCEstrong(V)⊆core⁡(πV)⊆CCEweak(V),\emptyset\neq\operatorname{core}(\pi V)\subseteq\operatorname{core}(V),\qquad \mathrm{CCE}_{\rm strong}(V)\subseteq\operatorname{core}(\pi V)\subseteq\mathrm{CCE}_{\rm weak}(V),∅=core(πV)⊆core(V),CCEstrong​(V)⊆core(πV)⊆CCEweak​(V),

and in particular core⁡(V)≠∅\operatorname{core}(V)\neq\emptysetcore(V)=∅.

Milestones

  • Proposition 3.1: c∈V(τN)c\in V(\tau^N)c∈V(τN) is in the core iff the maximum complaint α(c)=sup⁡τ≠0inf⁡λ∈Mτ[v(τ,λ)−∑iλiτici]\alpha(c)=\sup_{\tau\neq0}\inf_{\lambda\in M^\tau}[v(\tau,\lambda)-\sum_i\lambda^i\tau_ic_i]α(c)=supτ=0​infλ∈Mτ​[v(τ,λ)−∑i​λiτi​ci​] is ≤0\le 0≤0.
  • Proof of Theorem 3.1(b): if VVV is superadditive, V(τ)+V(σ)⊆V(τ+σ)V(\tau)+V(\sigma)\subseteq V(\tau+\sigma)V(τ)+V(σ)⊆V(τ+σ), then τ↦v(τ,λ)\tau\mapsto v(\tau,\lambda)τ↦v(τ,λ) is concave on R+n\mathbb{R}^n_+R+n​.
  • Theorem 3.1: strong equilibria lie in the core, and for a superadditive game the core lies in the set of weak equilibria.
  • Theorem 5.1: a superadditive fuzzy game has a nonempty core.
  • §7, (6), (7), (11): πV\pi VπV is a superadditive fuzzy game that extends VVV, and its support function is πv(τ,λ)=sup⁡m∈C(τ)∑Am(A)v(A,λ)\pi v(\tau,\lambda)=\sup_{m\in\mathcal{C}(\tau)}\sum_A m(A)v(A,\lambda)πv(τ,λ)=supm∈C(τ)​∑A​m(A)v(A,λ).
  • §7 and the proof of Theorem 7.1: under balancedness, core⁡(πV)⊆core⁡(V)\operatorname{core}(\pi V)\subseteq\operatorname{core}(V)core(πV)⊆core(V), and the equilibria of VVV coincide with those of πV\pi VπV.

Significance

Theorem 7.1 gives the core existence result for convex NTU games under Billera's balancedness condition. Its proof goes through a statement about fuzzy coalitions, Theorem 5.1, which uses no combinatorial pivoting. That theorem also has independent uses. Its fuzzy core is the solution concept that §4 of the paper identifies with Walras equilibria of exchange economies. The canonical cooperative equilibria give a price-like certificate, a common rate of transfer λˉ\bar\lambdaλˉ, that sandwiches the core.

The results are classical and proved. Prove2Me holds no statement of Scarf's or Billera's theorem, of NTU cores, or of balancedness for games without side payments, and Mathlib has none of these notions. The mission produces faithful statements of the paper's chain of results, and their proofs once solvers close them. It also builds reusable infrastructure: support functions of comprehensive sets, Minkowski combinations indexed by balances, and positively homogeneous set-valued maps.

Difficulty

Most of §7 is bookkeeping with Minkowski sums. The hard part is Theorem 5.1, the existence of a point in the fuzzy core. The core is defined by infinitely many exclusion conditions, one for each τ∈[0,1]n\tau\in[0,1]^nτ∈[0,1]n, so a finite intersection argument does not apply directly. The paper's route works with prices: it uses the superdifferential of the concave map τ↦v(τ,λ)\tau\mapsto v(\tau,\lambda)τ↦v(τ,λ) at τN\tau^NτN, Ky Fan's inequality on a truncated simplex where all λi≥ε\lambda_i\ge\varepsilonλi​≥ε, and a limit as ε→0\varepsilon\to0ε→0. That limit requires compactness of the approximating payoffs, and at the boundary of the simplex the superdifferential map is not upper semicontinuous. Theorem 3.1(b) needs a minisup theorem for a function that is concave in τ\tauτ and convex and lower semicontinuous in λ\lambdaλ. Mathlib has neither Ky Fan's inequality nor this minimax theorem in that form.

Formalization scope

All statements import one definitions file, FuzzyGames.NTUCore.Basic. The formalization commits to the following conventions.

  • Players are Fin n, and payoffs, fuzzy coalitions and rates of transfer are Fin n → ℝ, ordered coordinatewise. Rτ\mathbb{R}^\tauRτ is encoded as "vanishes where τi=0\tau_i=0τi​=0", which equals τ⋅Rn\tau\cdot\mathbb{R}^nτ⋅Rn for τ≥0\tau\ge0τ≥0.
  • Fuzzy games are defined directly on the orthant τ≥0\tau\ge0τ≥0, the paper's extension of VVV from [0,1]n[0,1]^n[0,1]n by homogeneity. Homogeneity holds for every t>0t>0t>0, and superadditivity holds on R+n\mathbb{R}^n_+R+n​.
  • Support functions, α\alphaα and πv\pi vπv take values in EReal, so an unbounded supremum is +∞+\infty+∞ and never a junk 000.
  • The supremum defining α(c)\alpha(c)α(c) ranges over τ≠0\tau\neq0τ=0. Since M0=∅M^0=\emptysetM0=∅, including τ=0\tau=0τ=0 would make α≡+∞\alpha\equiv+\inftyα≡+∞ and Proposition 3.1 false. Blocking coalitions are likewise τ≠0\tau\neq0τ=0, as in §3 (4).
  • C\mathcal{C}C is a finite family of nonempty coalitions that contains NNN and every singleton. "∀A≠∅\forall A\neq\emptyset∀A=∅" in §7 ranges over C\mathcal{C}C.
  • The paper leaves n≥1n\ge1n≥1 implicit. Theorem 3.1(b) and Theorem 5.1 carry 0<n0<n0<n: for n=0n=0n=0 the simplex is empty while the core is not.
  • In §7 (11), πv(τ,λ)\pi v(\tau,\lambda)πv(τ,λ), which the paper uses without defining it, is taken to be the extension §6 (2) applied to A↦v(A,λ)A\mapsto v(A,\lambda)A↦v(A,λ), for λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0.
  • The §7 sentence after (5) is stated with two extra conclusions: πV(τ)\pi V(\tau)πV(τ) is nonempty and contained in Rτ\mathbb{R}^\tauRτ. These are the remaining requirements of §3 (3) that are needed to apply Theorem 5.1.
  • Sums and scalings of sets are Mathlib's pointwise operations.

The fuzzy-game axioms are a Prop-valued structure and are hypotheses of every theorem. The core and the equilibria are defined for an arbitrary set-valued map, so the theorems about πV\pi VπV do not presuppose that it is a fuzzy game. That fact is the content of the §7 milestones and is not assumed. Non-vacuity has been checked locally on a concrete instance: V(τ)={c∈Rτ:c≤τ}V(\tau)=\{c\in\mathbb{R}^\tau: c\le\tau\}V(τ)={c∈Rτ:c≤τ} is a superadditive fuzzy game, and V(A)={c∈RA:c≤τA}V(A)=\{c\in\mathbb{R}^A:c\le\tau^A\}V(A)={c∈RA:c≤τA} is a balanced game on every admissible C\mathcal{C}C, with (1,…,1)(1,\dots,1)(1,…,1) in both cores.

Contributions are welcome at every level: the §7 Minkowski-sum lemmas, the support-function identities, and a minisup or Ky Fan theorem in the form the proofs need. Reusable pieces include support functions of comprehensive sets and Sion-type minimax.

Selected references

  • J.-P. Aubin, Cooperative Fuzzy Games, Mathematics of Operations Research 6(1) (1981) 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.6.1.1
  • H. E. Scarf, The Core of an N Person Game, Econometrica 35(1) (1967) 50–69. https://doi.org/10.2307/1909888
  • L. J. Billera, Some Theorems on the Core of an n-Person Game without Side-Payments, SIAM Journal on Applied Mathematics 18(3) (1970) 567–579. https://doi.org/10.1137/0118053
  • K. Fan, A Minimax Inequality and Applications, in O. Shisha (ed.), Inequalities III, Academic Press (1972) 103–113.
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Perfect Equilibrium in a Bargaining Model: The Perfect Equilibrium Partitions Are the Nonempty Closed Intervals A = Δ₁ and B = Δ₂ = A − εResearch Paper

Motivation

Alternating-offer bargaining asks how an agreement is selected when two people can keep making proposals until one accepts. A prediction based only on behavior at the start may rely on threats that would no longer be sensible after a rejection. Ariel Rubinstein's 1982 paper studies strategies after every possible sequence of offers and gives a characterization of the partitions compatible with perfect equilibrium. Its setting has a unit pie, complete information, no fixed last round, and preferences that may describe more than a particular discount formula.

The question matters for sequential bargaining models in which the order of moves and the cost of delay affect the agreement. The paper distinguishes the set obtained when player 1 offers first from the set obtained when player 2 offers first. It also provides applications to fixed bargaining costs and fixed discount factors. This mission targets the paper's general characterization, from which those examples can be studied without building a new equilibrium concept for each preference family.

Setting

A partition is a number s∈S=[0,1]s\in S=[0,1]s∈S=[0,1]: player 1 receives sss of the unit pie and player 2 receives 1−s1-s1−s. An outcome (s,t)(s,t)(s,t) means that the offer sss is accepted in period ttt; (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞) denotes perpetual disagreement. Periods of actual play start at 1. The paper also uses (s,0)(s,0)(s,0) when comparing acceptance of a current offer with a future outcome. Each player i∈{1,2}i\in\{1,2\}i∈{1,2} has a complete, reflexive, transitive preference relation ≽i\succcurlyeq_i≽i​ on outcomes. Strict preference ≻i\succ_i≻i​ and indifference ∼i\sim_i∼i​ are derived from it.

The game alternates proposals and responses. One player offers a partition, the other accepts or rejects, and rejection makes the responder the next proposer. A strategy specifies what a player does after every possible history, including histories inconsistent with the player's earlier plans. A perfect equilibrium requires the relevant player's continuation to withstand every alternative continuation strategy at each rejected history and to make a planned acceptance or rejection consistent with the current offer. The empty history is included, so the opening proposer must also have no profitable deviation.

Write AAA for the set of player-1 shares reached by perfect equilibria when player 1 opens, and BBB for the corresponding set when player 2 opens. Perpetual disagreement contributes no share to either set. Define Δ⊆S×S\Delta\subseteq S\times SΔ⊆S×S by a pair of one-period thresholds: for (x,y)∈Δ(x,y)\in\Delta(x,y)∈Δ, yyy is the smallest share whose immediate acceptance player 1 weakly prefers to (x,1)(x,1)(x,1), and xxx is the largest share whose immediate acceptance player 2 weakly prefers to (y,1)(y,1)(y,1). Let Δ1\Delta_1Δ1​ and Δ2\Delta_2Δ2​ be its coordinate projections. All four sets contain numbers interpreted as player-1 shares, even when player 2 moves first. These are the objects of Sections 2–5.

Formalization targets

Characterization

Under the paper's five preference assumptions (A-1)–(A-5), the goal is its THEOREM on p. 106:

A=Δ1≠∅,B=Δ2≠∅,A=\Delta_1\ne\varnothing,\qquad B=\Delta_2\ne\varnothing,A=Δ1​=∅,B=Δ2​=∅,

with AAA and BBB nonempty closed intervals and some e≥0e\ge 0e≥0 satisfying

B={a−e:a∈A}.B=\{a-e:a\in A\}.B={a−e:a∈A}.

The translation parameter is allowed to be zero, and either interval may be a single point. The goal fixes the paper's general shape without choosing a particular utility representation or assuming immediate agreement in every equilibrium.

Milestone statements

The attack path follows Lemmas 1–4 and Propositions 1–4 in their printed order. The lemmas constrain how a partition in one opening order relates to a feasible continuation in the other. Proposition 1 places each pair in Δ\DeltaΔ inside A×BA\times BA×B; Proposition 2 asserts existence; Proposition 3 describes Δ\DeltaΔ as a closed segment parallel to the diagonal; Proposition 4 gives the reverse containment of AAA and BBB in the threshold projections. Each numbered result is a separate theorem target.

Significance

The theorem identifies the full set of equilibrium partitions from preference comparisons one period apart. Nonemptiness says the model admits at least one equilibrium partition in either opening order. The interval conclusion describes cases with multiple equilibrium shares, while the translate relation states exactly how reversing the first mover changes the two sets. In the paper's discounting example, a single share is selected under the stated parameter conditions; in a fixed-cost boundary case, multiple shares can occur. These are applications in Section 6, not assumptions of the general target.

Rubinstein proved the result in 1982. Here the definitions and theorem statements are Lean drafts; the numbered targets and the main theorem still require machine-checked proofs. A local verification module establishes that one discounting instance satisfies the first three axioms and that the paper's Section 3 strategy example accepts its first offer in period 1. Completing the mission would give a reusable formal account of an infinite-horizon alternating-offer game and its subgame equilibrium conditions, alongside the paper's characterization.

Difficulty

A first-round equilibrium condition does not control what a strategy promises after an offer is rejected. The paper's equilibrium definition checks the entire continuation at every history, with the player's role changing after each rejection. As a result, showing that a proposed share is an equilibrium partition requires more than checking the opening offer: the answer and the next proposal must remain consistent throughout the game tree. The model also allows arbitrary complete preferences satisfying axioms, so a calculation with one discount function cannot establish the general theorem.

The boundary at a zero share requires care. Assumption (A-2) asserts strict preference for earlier positive shares; it says nothing directly about a player receiving zero. The printed proof of Lemma 1 invokes it for a comparison that can occur at that boundary. The local lemma drafts explicitly carry the paper's (A-4) closedness axiom to support that comparison. This added assumption, and its propagation to Lemmas 2–4, is disclosed in the audit notes rather than silently attributed to the Section 4 statement.

Formalization scope

Lean represents SSS as the subtype of real numbers in [0,1][0,1][0,1]. Outcomes are an option type: an agreement contains a partition and a natural-number period, while none is perpetual disagreement. This prevents an endless play from acquiring a default last partition. Strategies are unrestricted functions of lists of past offers. The play uses the first accepted offer, with period number one greater than its zero-based sequence index. A subgame after a rejected history restarts the period count and swaps the opening role when the history has odd length. The perfect-equilibrium predicate includes the empty history; acceptance comparisons use period 0 for the offer already on the table.

The threshold correspondence uses actual least and greatest elements among partitions in SSS. No real infimum or supremum supplies a default for an empty candidate set. “Closed interval” in the goal means an explicit [ℓ,u][\ell,u][ℓ,u] with ℓ≤u\ell\le uℓ≤u. “A−eA-eA−e” is the image of AAA under a↦a−ea\mapsto a-ea↦a−e. Proposition 3's “parallel line segment” is the full image of a nonempty interval under x↦(x,x−e)x\mapsto(x,x-e)x↦(x,x−e). These readings exclude a vacuous equilibrium set, a disagreement-to-zero coercion, and a hard-coded discounting special case.

The common outcome and preference definitions, the history-based strategy and play, and the equilibrium predicate are reusable for other alternating-offer questions. Contributions toward their structural properties, the numbered milestones, and the full theorem are in scope. The two displayed claims inside proofs and the fixed-cost and discounting conclusions are deferred to keep this proposal on the theorem's numbered path. Existing platform entries on Nash's axiomatic bargaining solution and a sealed-offer double auction concern different objects; neither supplies this game's equilibrium definition.

Selected references

  • Ariel Rubinstein, Perfect Equilibrium in a Bargaining Model, Econometrica 50(1), 97–109, 1982. DOI 10.2307/1912531.
14 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsOperations ResearchOptimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Assortment Optimisation Under a General Discrete Choice Model: A Tight Analysis of Revenue-Ordered Assortments V: Stackelberg Matroid Pricing Is an Assortment Problem Under a Regular Choice ModelResearch Paper

Motivation

In Stackelberg network pricing a leader sets prices on some resources, and a follower then buys the cheapest structure available to them, paying the leader for the priced resources they use. The Stackelberg Minimum Spanning Tree problem, introduced by Cardinal, Demaine, Fiorini, Joret, Langerman, Newman and Weimann (Algorithmica 2011), is the version in which the follower buys a minimum spanning tree. The best known approximation factors for it are those of uniform pricing, which gives every priced edge the same price (Berbeglia–Joret, p. 21).

Independently, revenue management studies assortment optimisation: a seller chooses which products to offer, and customers choose among the offered products according to a discrete choice model. Berbeglia and Joret (arXiv:1606.01371, Algorithmica 2020) analyse the revenue-ordered heuristic (offer every product whose revenue is at least some threshold) under any regular choice model, and prove tight approximation bounds.

§4.6 of that paper shows that the two problems are the same problem: a Stackelberg Matroid pricing instance is an assortment problem under a regular choice model, and uniform pricing is the revenue-ordered heuristic on that model. The bounds of Cardinal et al. on uniform pricing thus become special cases of the general bounds on revenue-ordered assortments. This mission formalizes that correspondence (Theorem 4.16).

Setting

Choice model. Let C\mathcal CC be a finite set of products. A system of choice probabilities assigns to each offered set S⊆CS\subseteq\mathcal CS⊆C and product xxx a probability P(x,S)\mathcal P(x,S)P(x,S), with no-purchase probability P(0,S)=1−∑x∈SP(x,S)\mathcal P(0,S)=1-\sum_{x\in S}\mathcal P(x,S)P(0,S)=1−∑x∈S​P(x,S). It is regular if (i) all probabilities are nonnegative, (ii) P(x,S)=0\mathcal P(x,S)=0P(x,S)=0 for x∉Sx\notin Sx∈/S, (iii) ∑x∈SP(x,S)≤1\sum_{x\in S}\mathcal P(x,S)\le1∑x∈S​P(x,S)≤1, and (iv) P(x,S)≥P(x,S′)\mathcal P(x,S)\ge\mathcal P(x,S')P(x,S)≥P(x,S′) whenever S⊆S′S\subseteq S'S⊆S′ and x∈S∪{0}x\in S\cup\{0\}x∈S∪{0}. With revenues r:C→R>0r:\mathcal C\to\mathbb R_{>0}r:C→R>0​, rev(S)=∑x∈SP(x,S)r(x)\mathrm{rev}(S)=\sum_{x\in S}\mathcal P(x,S)r(x)rev(S)=∑x∈S​P(x,S)r(x) and OPT=max⁡Srev(S)\mathrm{OPT}=\max_S\mathrm{rev}(S)OPT=maxS​rev(S). The revenue-ordered assortment generated by yyy is {y′∈C:r(y′)≥r(y)}\{y'\in\mathcal C:r(y')\ge r(y)\}{y′∈C:r(y′)≥r(y)}.

Greedy algorithm. Given a family of independent sets, a linear ordering LLL and a set FFF, greedy(F,L)\mathrm{greedy}(F,L)greedy(F,L) scans FFF in the order induced by LLL, starting from ∅\emptyset∅, and adds each element that keeps the current set independent.

Stackelberg Matroid problem. An instance is a matroid M=(E,X)M=(E,\mathcal X)M=(E,X), a bipartition E=R⊔BE=R\sqcup BE=R⊔B into red and blue elements, and red costs c:R→R>0c:R\to\mathbb R_{>0}c:R→R>0​; some base of MMM lies inside RRR. The leader chooses prices p:B→R>0p:B\to\mathbb R_{>0}p:B→R>0​. The customer buys a minimum-weight base by running greedy on R∪BR\cup BR∪B with an ordering L∗L^*L∗ that is non-decreasing in weight (ccc on RRR, ppp on BBB) and puts blue elements first on ties. The leader earns revStack(p,L∗)=∑e∈B∩greedyM(R∪B,L∗)p(e)\mathrm{rev}_{\mathrm{Stack}}(p,L^*)=\sum_{e\in B\cap\mathrm{greedy}_M(R\cup B,L^*)}p(e)revStack​(p,L∗)=∑e∈B∩greedyM​(R∪B,L∗)​p(e).

The assortment instance. Let c1<⋯<ckc_1<\dots<c_kc1​<⋯<ck​ be the distinct red costs. Products are C=B×{c1,…,ck}\mathcal C=B\times\{c_1,\dots,c_k\}C=B×{c1​,…,ck​} with r((e,q))=∣B∣ qr((e,q))=|B|\,qr((e,q))=∣B∣q. The auxiliary matroid M′M'M′ on R∪CR\cup\mathcal CR∪C declares XXX independent when it holds at most one pair (e,q)(e,q)(e,q) per blue eee and (R∩X)∪{e:(e,q)∈X}(R\cap X)\cup\{e:(e,q)\in X\}(R∩X)∪{e:(e,q)∈X} is independent in MMM. With an ordering LLL of R∪CR\cup\mathcal CR∪C that is non-decreasing in cost and puts products before red elements on ties, P((e,q),S)=1/∣B∣\mathcal P((e,q),S)=1/|B|P((e,q),S)=1/∣B∣ if (e,q)∈greedyM′(R∪S,L)(e,q)\in\mathrm{greedy}_{M'}(R\cup S,L)(e,q)∈greedyM′​(R∪S,L) and 000 otherwise.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.16 (p. 24)

For the instance above, with B≠∅B\ne\emptysetB=∅ and every admissible LLL:

P is regular,r>0,max⁡S⊆Crev(S)=max⁡p>0, L∗revStack(p,L∗),\mathcal P\ \text{is regular},\quad r>0,\qquad \max_{S\subseteq\mathcal C}\mathrm{rev}(S)=\max_{p>0,\ L^*}\mathrm{rev}_{\mathrm{Stack}}(p,L^*),P is regular,r>0,S⊆Cmax​rev(S)=p>0, L∗max​revStack​(p,L∗),

and uniform pricing corresponds to revenue-ordered assortments: for each cic_ici​ some revenue-ordered assortment earns the revenue of the uniform price cic_ici​, and every revenue-ordered assortment earns the revenue of some uniform price cic_ici​.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 4.14 (p. 23): for F⊆F′F\subseteq F'F⊆F′, ∣greedyM(F′,L)∣≥∣greedyM(F,L)∣|\mathrm{greedy}_M(F',L)|\ge|\mathrm{greedy}_M(F,L)|∣greedyM​(F′,L)∣≥∣greedyM​(F,L)∣ and F∩greedyM(F′,L)⊆greedyM(F,L)F\cap\mathrm{greedy}_M(F',L)\subseteq\mathrm{greedy}_M(F,L)F∩greedyM​(F′,L)⊆greedyM​(F,L).
  2. Property (14) (p. 31): orderings agreeing on a block partition make greedy pick the same number of elements per block.
  3. Lemma 4.15 (p. 23): the Stackelberg revenue does not depend on the compatible ordering.
  4. M′M'M′ is a matroid (p. 32).
  5. Regularity of P\mathcal PP (pp. 32–33).
  6. rev(S)\mathrm{rev}(S)rev(S) equals the Stackelberg revenue of pS(e)=min⁡{q:(e,q)∈S}p_S(e)=\min\{q:(e,q)\in S\}pS​(e)=min{q:(e,q)∈S} (pp. 33–34).
  7. Rounding prices up to the cost levels does not decrease revenue (p. 34).
  8. For prices in {c1,…,ck}∪{+∞}\{c_1,\dots,c_k\}\cup\{+\infty\}{c1​,…,ck​}∪{+∞}, rev(Sp)\mathrm{rev}(S_p)rev(Sp​) equals the Stackelberg revenue of ppp (pp. 34–35).

Significance

Theorem 4.16 transfers every guarantee for revenue-ordered assortments under regular models to uniform pricing in Stackelberg Matroid pricing. Specialising Theorems 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 of the paper through it gives exactly the three bounds on uniform pricing proved by Cardinal et al. for Stackelberg Minimum Spanning Tree (Theorem 3 of their paper), which those authors showed to be tight (p. 24). It also places uniform pricing inside a general picture: it is a threshold policy for a regular choice model whose purchase probabilities come from a matroid greedy algorithm, and the paper notes that the argument extends to polymatroids.

The result is proved in the paper, with two steps left to the reader (M′M'M′ is a matroid) or justified briefly (rounding prices). No machine-checked proof exists. A formalization also produces a reusable greedy algorithm on finite matroids with its monotonicity properties (Lemma 4.14, (14)), which Mathlib at the pinned revision does not have.

Difficulty

The obvious argument identifies the customer's run of greedy on (M,R∪B)(M,R\cup B)(M,R∪B) with the run of greedy on (M′,R∪S)(M',R\cup S)(M′,R∪S) step by step. That identification fails as stated: the choice probabilities are defined with one fixed ordering LLL of R∪CR\cup\mathcal CR∪C, while the customer's ordering L∗L^*L∗ is any ordering compatible with the prices, and ties among blue elements of equal price, or between a product and a red element of equal cost, may be broken differently. Equality of revenues therefore needs the tie-independence property (14) applied to M′M'M′ as well as to MMM, which in turn needs M′M'M′ to be a matroid. A second gap is axiom (iv) for the no-purchase option: it requires that offering more products never decreases the number of products greedy selects, which is Lemma 4.14 (i)–(ii) for M′M'M′ combined, not a pointwise statement. Finally, the paper's "+∞+\infty+∞" price must be handled with the red base: without a base inside RRR, a blue element priced above all costs can still be bought and the optimum is unbounded.

Formalization scope

  • Elements and orderings. The matroid is a Mathlib Matroid α; RRR, BBB are Finset α with R∪BR\cup BR∪B equal to the ground set; costs and prices are functions α → ℝ, used only on RRR and BBB. A linear ordering is a duplicate-free List covering the set; greedy on FFF scans the whole list and skips elements outside FFF, so FFF is never re-sorted.
  • Greedy is defined for an arbitrary independence predicate on finite sets, so that it applies to M′M'M′ before M′M'M′ is shown to be a matroid.
  • Customer model. Compatibility (15a)–(15b), including blue priority on ties, is part of the definition of an admissible customer ordering. The red base is a field of every instance.
  • Assortment instance. Elements of R∪CR\cup\mathcal CR∪C live in α ⊕ (α × ℝ). The paper's conditions (1)–(2) for M′M'M′ contain two typos (a missing "∈X\in X∈X" and X\mathcal XX for XXX); the intended conditions are formalized. The price +∞+\infty+∞ is the real number 1+∑f∈Rc(f)1+\sum_{f\in R}c(f)1+∑f∈R​c(f), strictly above every red cost.
  • Goal shape. The theorem is stated for the explicit instance of the proof, for every admissible LLL. The optimum of the Stackelberg side is a maximum (IsGreatest) over positive real prices and all compatible customer orderings. Cost levels are quantified as elements of the set of red costs rather than by index.
  • Ruled out. An existential statement ("some regular instance has the same optimum") is met by a single product with revenue OPTStack\mathrm{OPT}_{\mathrm{Stack}}OPTStack​ and is not this theorem; so is a customer model without tie-breaking, a formalization without the red base, or Lemma 4.14 only for F=F′F=F'F=F′.

Contributions welcome: proofs of Lemma 4.14 and (14) for Mathlib matroids (reusable beyond this mission), the matroid property of parallel extensions such as M′M'M′, and the three revenue identities.

Selected references

  • G. Berbeglia and G. Joret, Assortment Optimisation Under a General Discrete Choice Model: A Tight Analysis of Revenue-Ordered Assortments, arXiv:1606.01371v3, 2019 (Algorithmica, 2020). https://arxiv.org/abs/1606.01371
  • J. Cardinal, E. D. Demaine, S. Fiorini, G. Joret, S. Langerman, I. Newman and O. Weimann, The Stackelberg Minimum Spanning Tree Game, Algorithmica 59(2):129–144, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00453-009-9299-y
  • A. Schrijver, Combinatorial Optimization: Polyhedra and Efficiency, Vol. B, Algorithms and Combinatorics 24, Springer, 2003 (matroids and the greedy algorithm). https://link.springer.com/book/9783540443896
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Nonzero-Sum Stochastic Differential Games with Impulse Controls: A Verification Theorem with Applications 3: The Continuation Region Widens as the Fixed Intervention Cost GrowsResearch Paper

Motivation

In an impulse control problem a controller does not steer a process continuously: at times of its choosing it shifts the state by a finite jump, paying a fixed cost plus a cost proportional to the jump. Such models describe central-bank interventions on an exchange rate, inventory replenishment and cash management. Aïd, Basei, Callegaro, Campi and Vargiolu (Math. Oper. Res. 45(1), 2020; arXiv:1605.00039) study nonzero-sum games in which two players control the same diffusion by impulses. They prove a verification theorem for such games and apply it to a linear game whose Nash equilibria are explicit.

The paper's interpretation of the linear game is two central banks with different targets for an exchange rate. An explicit equilibrium gives explicit intervention thresholds, and Section 4.4 of the paper asks how these thresholds respond to the fixed cost of intervening. This mission formalizes that comparative-statics question: when intervening becomes more expensive, do the players intervene less?

Setting

The game of Section 4.1 has a discount rate ρ>0\rho > 0ρ>0, a volatility σ>0\sigma > 0σ>0, running payoffs f1(x)=x−s1f_1(x) = x - s_1f1​(x)=x−s1​ and f2(x)=s2−xf_2(x) = s_2 - xf2​(x)=s2​−x with s1<s2s_1 < s_2s1​<s2​, and intervention costs: a player who shifts the state by δ\deltaδ pays c+λ∣δ∣c + \lambda|\delta|c+λ∣δ∣ and the opponent receives c~+λ~∣δ∣\tilde c + \tilde\lambda|\delta|c~+λ~∣δ∣. The standing assumptions of the section are

c≥c~≥0,λ≥λ~≥0,(c,λ)≠(c~,λ~),1−λρ>0.c \ge \tilde c \ge 0,\qquad \lambda \ge \tilde\lambda \ge 0,\qquad (c,\lambda) \ne (\tilde c,\tilde\lambda),\qquad 1 - \lambda\rho > 0 .c≥c~≥0,λ≥λ~≥0,(c,λ)=(c~,λ~),1−λρ>0.

All parameters except the fixed cost ccc are held fixed. Set θ=2ρ/σ2\theta = \sqrt{2\rho/\sigma^2}θ=2ρ/σ2​ and η=(1−λρ)/ρ\eta = (1-\lambda\rho)/\rhoη=(1−λρ)/ρ, both positive. For c>0c > 0c>0 the function

Fc(y)=2y+θc−ηlog⁡η+yη−y,y∈(0,η),F_c(y) = 2y + \theta c - \eta\log\frac{\eta + y}{\eta - y},\qquad y \in (0,\eta),Fc​(y)=2y+θc−ηlogη−yη+y​,y∈(0,η),

has a unique zero ξ(c)∈(0,η)\xi(c) \in (0,\eta)ξ(c)∈(0,η). With

Γ(c)=θ(c−c~)4ξ(c)+θc(λ−λ~)4η ξ(c)+λ−λ~2η\Gamma(c) = \frac{\theta(c-\tilde c)}{4\xi(c)} + \frac{\theta c(\lambda-\tilde\lambda)}{4\eta\,\xi(c)} + \frac{\lambda-\tilde\lambda}{2\eta}Γ(c)=4ξ(c)θ(c−c~)​+4ηξ(c)θc(λ−λ~)​+2ηλ−λ~​

and a parameter s~∈R\tilde s \in \mathbb Rs~∈R, the paper's formulas (4.20) are

xˉi(c)=s~+(−1)iθlog⁡[η+ξη−ξ(Γ+1+Γ)],xi∗(c)=s~+(−1)iθlog⁡[η−ξη+ξ(Γ+1+Γ)],\bar x_i(c) = \tilde s + \frac{(-1)^i}{\theta}\log\left[\sqrt{\frac{\eta+\xi}{\eta-\xi}}\bigl(\sqrt{\Gamma+1}+\sqrt\Gamma\bigr)\right],\qquad x_i^*(c) = \tilde s + \frac{(-1)^i}{\theta}\log\left[\sqrt{\frac{\eta-\xi}{\eta+\xi}}\bigl(\sqrt{\Gamma+1}+\sqrt\Gamma\bigr)\right],xˉi​(c)=s~+θ(−1)i​log[η−ξη+ξ​​(Γ+1​+Γ​)],xi∗​(c)=s~+θ(−1)i​log[η+ξη−ξ​​(Γ+1​+Γ​)],

for i∈{1,2}i \in \{1,2\}i∈{1,2}, with ξ=ξ(c)\xi = \xi(c)ξ=ξ(c) and Γ=Γ(c)\Gamma = \Gamma(c)Γ=Γ(c). In the Nash equilibrium of the paper's Proposition 4.7, player 1 intervenes when the state falls below xˉ1\bar x_1xˉ1​ and moves it to x1∗x_1^*x1∗​; player 2 intervenes above xˉ2\bar x_2xˉ2​ and moves it to x2∗x_2^*x2∗​. The interval ]xˉ1(c),xˉ2(c)[]\bar x_1(c), \bar x_2(c)[]xˉ1​(c),xˉ2​(c)[ is the continuation region, where nobody intervenes. The equilibrium payoffs V1cV_1^cV1c​, V2cV_2^cV2c​ are explicit as well (4.27).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4.13

c↦xˉ2(c) is strictly increasing and c↦xˉ1(c) is strictly decreasing on ]c~,+∞[.c \mapsto \bar x_2(c)\ \text{is strictly increasing and}\ c \mapsto \bar x_1(c)\ \text{is strictly decreasing on}\ ]\tilde c, +\infty[ .c↦xˉ2​(c) is strictly increasing and c↦xˉ1​(c) is strictly decreasing on ]c~,+∞[.

The continuation region therefore widens strictly as the fixed cost grows. The statement concerns the explicit functions (4.20); that they are equilibrium thresholds is mission 2 of this series.

Milestones

  1. (4.17). For c>0c > 0c>0, ξ(c)\xi(c)ξ(c) is the unique zero of FcF_cFc​ in (0,η)(0,\eta)(0,η).
  2. (4.28). ξ∈C∞(]0,∞[)\xi \in C^\infty(]0,\infty[)ξ∈C∞(]0,∞[) with ξ′=θ2η2−ξ2ξ2\xi' = \frac\theta2\frac{\eta^2-\xi^2}{\xi^2}ξ′=2θ​ξ2η2−ξ2​ and ξ′′=−θη2ξ′ξ3=−θ2η22η2−ξ2ξ5\xi'' = -\theta\eta^2\frac{\xi'}{\xi^3} = -\frac{\theta^2\eta^2}{2}\frac{\eta^2-\xi^2}{\xi^5}ξ′′=−θη2ξ3ξ′​=−2θ2η2​ξ5η2−ξ2​.
  3. (4.29). ξ\xiξ, c/ξc/\xic/ξ and c ξ′c\,\xi'cξ′ tend to 000 as c→0+c \to 0^+c→0+; c(η−ξ)→0c(\eta-\xi) \to 0c(η−ξ)→0 and ξ→η\xi \to \etaξ→η as c→+∞c \to +\inftyc→+∞.
  4. Proposition 4.12. As c→+∞c \to +\inftyc→+∞, xˉ2,x1∗→+∞\bar x_2, x_1^* \to +\inftyxˉ2​,x1∗​→+∞, xˉ1,x2∗→−∞\bar x_1, x_2^* \to -\inftyxˉ1​,x2∗​→−∞, and pointwise V1c(x)→(x−s1)/ρV_1^c(x) \to (x-s_1)/\rhoV1c​(x)→(x−s1​)/ρ, V2c(x)→(s2−x)/ρV_2^c(x) \to (s_2-x)/\rhoV2c​(x)→(s2​−x)/ρ.
  5. Proposition 4.14 (with a corrected hypothesis, below). If c~=0\tilde c = 0c~=0, then x2∗x_2^*x2∗​ is strictly decreasing and x1∗x_1^*x1∗​ strictly increasing on ]0,∞[]0,\infty[]0,∞[; if moreover λ=λ~\lambda = \tilde\lambdaλ=λ~, then x2∗(c)<s~<x1∗(c)x_2^*(c) < \tilde s < x_1^*(c)x2∗​(c)<s~<x1∗​(c) for all c>0c > 0c>0.

Significance

Proposition 4.13 is the rigorous form of the economic intuition that costlier intervention makes players more patient. Together with Proposition 4.12 it describes the whole range of costs: the region of inaction grows strictly and invades the real line as c→∞c \to \inftyc→∞, where the payoffs converge to those of the uncontrolled Brownian motion. Proposition 4.14 adds that, when the fixed gain vanishes, the targets xi∗x_i^*xi∗​ move away from the centre s~\tilde ss~. The paper's numerical section shows that without c~=0\tilde c = 0c~=0 the targets need not be monotone.

The results are proved in the paper, in a few lines each, by differentiating the implicit function ξ(c)\xi(c)ξ(c). None of them is formalized. The mission produces a machine-checked treatment of a parametrised implicit function, c↦ξ(c)c \mapsto \xi(c)c↦ξ(c) defined by a transcendental equation: smoothness, explicit derivatives, and the asymptotics at both ends. On top of it, it gives a fully verified comparative-statics result for an explicit game equilibrium.

Difficulty

The thresholds depend on ccc only through ξ(c)\xi(c)ξ(c), which has no closed form, and through Γ(c)\Gamma(c)Γ(c), a sum of terms in c/ξ(c)c/\xi(c)c/ξ(c) and 1/ξ(c)1/\xi(c)1/ξ(c). Monotonicity of ξ\xiξ alone does not settle the goal: c/ξ(c)c/\xi(c)c/ξ(c) is a ratio of two increasing functions, and its direction is decided by how fast ξ\xiξ grows compared with ccc, uniformly on ]c~,∞[]\tilde c,\infty[]c~,∞[, including near c=0c = 0c=0, where F0F_0F0​ has no zero and ξ\xiξ degenerates. The limits as c→+∞c \to +\inftyc→+∞ need more than ξ(c)→η\xi(c) \to \etaξ(c)→η: Γ(c)\Gamma(c)Γ(c) grows linearly in ccc, so the rate at which η−ξ(c)\eta - \xi(c)η−ξ(c) decays decides whether the targets xi∗x_i^*xi∗​ diverge and whether the payoff coefficients vanish.

Formalization scope

The parameters ρ,σ,λ,λ~,c~,s~,s1,s2\rho, \sigma, \lambda, \tilde\lambda, \tilde c, \tilde s, s_1, s_2ρ,σ,λ,λ~,c~,s~,s1​,s2​ are bundled in a structure, and the standing assumptions not involving ccc in a predicate ρ>0\rho > 0ρ>0, σ>0\sigma > 0σ>0, s1<s2s_1 < s_2s1​<s2​, c~≥0\tilde c \ge 0c~≥0, λ≥λ~≥0\lambda \ge \tilde\lambda \ge 0λ≥λ~≥0, 1−λρ>01 - \lambda\rho > 01−λρ>0. θ\thetaθ and η\etaη are computed from ρ,σ,λ\rho, \sigma, \lambdaρ,σ,λ as in (4.21), not taken as free parameters. All quantities are real numbers.

ξ(c)\xi(c)ξ(c) is defined as sup⁡{y∈(0,η):Fc(y)≥0}\sup\{y \in (0,\eta) : F_c(y) \ge 0\}sup{y∈(0,η):Fc​(y)≥0}. Milestone 1 proves that this is the paper's unique zero for every c>0c > 0c>0. For c≤0c \le 0c≤0 the set is empty and the definition returns the placeholder 000. Every statement therefore restricts ccc to c>0c > 0c>0, to c>c~c > \tilde cc>c~, or to c→+∞c \to +\inftyc→+∞, and no statement can be satisfied through a junk value. On ]c~,∞[]\tilde c, \infty[]c~,∞[ one has Γ>0\Gamma > 0Γ>0, so the square roots in (4.20) are the paper's. "Increasing" and "decreasing" are read strictly, as the proofs give. C∞C^\inftyC∞ is ContDiffOn ℝ ∞, and ξ′\xi'ξ′ is deriv ξ. Limits at 0+0^+0+ use the right neighbourhood filter.

Two departures from the page are disclosed in the items:

  • c>0c > 0c>0 in (4.17). The standing assumptions allow c=0c = 0c=0 when c~=0\tilde c = 0c~=0 and λ>λ~\lambda > \tilde\lambdaλ>λ~, but then F0F_0F0​ has no zero; the paper's argument uses F(0+)=θc>0F(0^+) = \theta c > 0F(0+)=θc>0.
  • λ=λ~\lambda = \tilde\lambdaλ=λ~ in the last sentence of Proposition 4.14. For λ>λ~\lambda > \tilde\lambdaλ>λ~, Proposition 4.11 gives x2∗(0+)>s~x_2^*(0^+) > \tilde sx2∗​(0+)>s~ and the inequality x2∗<s~x_2^* < \tilde sx2∗​<s~ fails for small ccc. The monotonicity claims keep the hypothesis c~=0\tilde c = 0c~=0 alone.

A complete development needs the intermediate value theorem and strict monotonicity on an interval, a differentiable implicit (or inverse) function theorem in one variable, and asymptotic estimates of log⁡η+yη−y\log\frac{\eta+y}{\eta-y}logη−yη+y​ near 000 and near η\etaη. These one-variable lemmas about implicitly defined functions are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of the milestones in any order are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. Aïd, M. Basei, G. Callegaro, L. Campi, T. Vargiolu, Nonzero-Sum Stochastic Differential Games with Impulse Controls: A Verification Theorem with Applications, Mathematics of Operations Research 45(1), 2020. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2019.0989 — accepted manuscript arXiv:1605.00039v4, https://arxiv.org/abs/1605.00039
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Nonzero-Sum Stochastic Differential Games with Impulse Controls: A Verification Theorem with Applications 1: Regular Solutions of the Quasi-Variational Inequalities Give Nash Equilibrium PayoffsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many economic and engineering systems are steered by agents who act at discrete instants rather than continuously: a central bank intervenes on an exchange rate, two energy producers adjust a shared stock, a firm rebalances inventory. Each action has a fixed cost, so continuous control is not realistic. The mathematical model is impulse control: the state follows a diffusion, and a controller may shift it at chosen stopping times by paying a cost. The single-controller theory is classical (Øksendal and Sulem, Applied Stochastic Control of Jump Diffusions, 2007). When two controllers with different objectives act on the same state, the result is a nonzero-sum stochastic differential game with impulse controls.

Before Aïd, Basei, Callegaro, Campi and Vargiolu, the literature on games with impulse controls was almost entirely zero-sum: Cosso (SIAM J. Control Optim., 2013) characterised the value of zero-sum impulse games through a double-obstacle quasi-variational inequality in the viscosity sense. Their paper (Math. Oper. Res. 45(1), 2020; arXiv:1605.00039) gives the first general formulation of the nonzero-sum case together with a verification theorem: a system of quasi-variational inequalities (QVIs) whose sufficiently regular solutions are the equilibrium payoffs. Its Section 4 then computes Nash equilibria in closed form for a one-dimensional game.

Setting

A kkk-dimensional Brownian motion WWW on a filtered probability space satisfying the usual conditions drives the state equation

dYs=b(Ys) ds+σ(Ys) dWs,Ys∈Rd,dY_s=b(Y_s)\,ds+\sigma(Y_s)\,dW_s ,\qquad Y_s\in\mathbb R^d,dYs​=b(Ys​)ds+σ(Ys​)dWs​,Ys​∈Rd,

with globally Lipschitz bbb and σ\sigmaσ. The game takes place in an open set S⊆RdS\subseteq\mathbb R^dS⊆Rd and ends at the exit time τS\tau_SτS​ of the state from SSS. Each of two players i∈{1,2}i\in\{1,2\}i∈{1,2} has a nonempty impulse set Zi⊆RliZ_i\subseteq\mathbb R^{l_i}Zi​⊆Rli​ and a continuous impulse map Γi:S×Zi→S\Gamma^i:S\times Z_i\to SΓi:S×Zi​→S: an intervention with impulse δ\deltaδ moves the state from yyy to Γi(y,δ)\Gamma^i(y,\delta)Γi(y,δ).

A strategy of player iii is a pair φi=(Ci,ξi)\varphi_i=(\mathcal C_i,\xi_i)φi​=(Ci​,ξi​) with Ci⊆S\mathcal C_i\subseteq SCi​⊆S open and ξi:S→Zi\xi_i:S\to Z_iξi​:S→Zi​ continuous. Player iii intervenes as soon as the state leaves Ci\mathcal C_iCi​, with impulse ξi(y)\xi_i(y)ξi​(y) at the current state yyy. Player 1 has priority on ties, and several interventions may happen at the same instant. This defines the controlled process XXX, the intervention times τi,n\tau_{i,n}τi,n​ and impulses δi,n\delta_{i,n}δi,n​ of each player, and the states X(τi,n)−X_{(\tau_{i,n})^-}X(τi,n​)−​ just before each intervention. The payoff of player iii is

Ji(x;φ1,φ2)=E[∫0τSe−ρisfi(Xs)ds+∑τi,n<τSe−ρiτi,nϕi(X(τi,n)−,δi,n)+∑τj,n<τSe−ρiτj,nψi(X(τj,n)−,δj,n)+e−ρiτShi(XτS)1{τS<∞}],J^i(x;\varphi_1,\varphi_2)=\mathbb E\Big[\int_0^{\tau_S}e^{-\rho_is}f_i(X_s)ds+\sum_{\tau_{i,n}<\tau_S}e^{-\rho_i\tau_{i,n}}\phi_i(X_{(\tau_{i,n})^-},\delta_{i,n})+\sum_{\tau_{j,n}<\tau_S}e^{-\rho_i\tau_{j,n}}\psi_i(X_{(\tau_{j,n})^-},\delta_{j,n})+e^{-\rho_i\tau_S}h_i(X_{\tau_S})\mathbf 1_{\{\tau_S<\infty\}}\Big],Ji(x;φ1​,φ2​)=E[∫0τS​​e−ρi​sfi​(Xs​)ds+τi,n​<τS​∑​e−ρi​τi,n​ϕi​(X(τi,n​)−​,δi,n​)+τj,n​<τS​∑​e−ρi​τj,n​ψi​(X(τj,n​)−​,δj,n​)+e−ρi​τS​hi​(XτS​​)1{τS​<∞}​],

where j≠ij\ne ij=i, ρi>0\rho_i>0ρi​>0, fif_ifi​ is a running payoff, ϕi\phi_iϕi​ the cost of one's own interventions, ψi\psi_iψi​ the gain from the opponent's, and hih_ihi​ a terminal payoff on ∂S\partial S∂S. A pair of strategies is xxx-admissible, (φ1,φ2)∈Φx(\varphi_1,\varphi_2)\in\Phi_x(φ1​,φ2​)∈Φx​, when these four terms are integrable, sup⁡s≤τS∣Xs∣\sup_{s\le\tau_S}|X_s|sups≤τS​​∣Xs​∣ has all moments, and the interventions do not accumulate before τS\tau_SτS​. A Nash equilibrium is a pair in Φx\Phi_xΦx​ from which no player gains by a unilateral admissible deviation.

Given candidate payoff functions V1,V2V_1,V_2V1​,V2​ on Sˉ\bar SSˉ, let δi(x)\delta_i(x)δi​(x) be the unique maximiser of Vi(Γi(x,δ))+ϕi(x,δ)V_i(\Gamma^i(x,\delta))+\phi_i(x,\delta)Vi​(Γi(x,δ))+ϕi​(x,δ) over ZiZ_iZi​. Define MiVi(x)=Vi(Γi(x,δi(x)))+ϕi(x,δi(x))\mathcal M_iV_i(x)=V_i(\Gamma^i(x,\delta_i(x)))+\phi_i(x,\delta_i(x))Mi​Vi​(x)=Vi​(Γi(x,δi​(x)))+ϕi​(x,δi​(x)), HiVi(x)=Vi(Γj(x,δj(x)))+ψi(x,δj(x))\mathcal H_iV_i(x)=V_i(\Gamma^j(x,\delta_j(x)))+\psi_i(x,\delta_j(x))Hi​Vi​(x)=Vi​(Γj(x,δj​(x)))+ψi​(x,δj​(x)), the continuation region Di={MiVi−Vi<0}\mathcal D_i=\{\mathcal M_iV_i-V_i<0\}Di​={Mi​Vi​−Vi​<0} and the generator AV=b⋅∇V+12tr⁡(σσtD2V)\mathcal AV=b\cdot\nabla V+\tfrac12\operatorname{tr}(\sigma\sigma^tD^2V)AV=b⋅∇V+21​tr(σσtD2V). The QVI system is

Vi=hi on ∂S,MjVj−Vj≤0 on S,HiVi−Vi=0 on {MjVj=Vj},max⁡{AVi−ρiVi+fi, MiVi−Vi}=0 on Dj.V_i=h_i\ \text{on }\partial S,\quad \mathcal M_jV_j-V_j\le0\ \text{on }S,\quad \mathcal H_iV_i-V_i=0\ \text{on }\{\mathcal M_jV_j=V_j\},\quad \max\{\mathcal AV_i-\rho_iV_i+f_i,\ \mathcal M_iV_i-V_i\}=0\ \text{on }\mathcal D_j .Vi​=hi​ on ∂S,Mj​Vj​−Vj​≤0 on S,Hi​Vi​−Vi​=0 on {Mj​Vj​=Vj​},max{AVi​−ρi​Vi​+fi​, Mi​Vi​−Vi​}=0 on Dj​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.3 (verification theorem)

Suppose V1,V2V_1,V_2V1​,V2​ solve the QVI system, Vi∈C2(Dj∖∂Di)∩C1(Dj)∩C(Sˉ)V_i\in C^2(\mathcal D_j\setminus\partial\mathcal D_i)\cap C^1(\mathcal D_j)\cap C(\bar S)Vi​∈C2(Dj​∖∂Di​)∩C1(Dj​)∩C(Sˉ) with polynomial growth, ∂Di\partial\mathcal D_i∂Di​ is a Lipschitz surface near which ViV_iVi​ has locally bounded first and second derivatives, x∈Sx\in Sx∈S, and the threshold pair φi∗=(Di,δi)\varphi_i^*=(\mathcal D_i,\delta_i)φi∗​=(Di​,δi​) is xxx-admissible. Then

(φ1∗,φ2∗) is a Nash equilibrium andVi(x)=Ji(x;φ1∗,φ2∗),i=1,2.(\varphi_1^*,\varphi_2^*)\ \text{is a Nash equilibrium and}\quad V_i(x)=J^i(x;\varphi_1^*,\varphi_2^*),\qquad i=1,2 .(φ1∗​,φ2∗​) is a Nash equilibrium andVi​(x)=Ji(x;φ1∗​,φ2∗​),i=1,2.

Milestones

  • Lemma 2.3: the controlled process is the concatenation of diffusion pieces, it jumps only at interventions, and between interventions it stays in C1∩C2\mathcal C_1\cap\mathcal C_2C1​∩C2​.
  • Remark 3.6, (3.8b), (3.8d), (3.8f): against φ2∗\varphi_2^*φ2∗​, the state stays in D2\mathcal D_2D2​, and player 2 intervenes only on {M2V2=V2}\{\mathcal M_2V_2=V_2\}{M2​V2​=V2​} with impulse δ2\delta_2δ2​.
  • Step 1 of the proof: V1(x)≥J1(x;φ1,φ2∗)V_1(x)\ge J^1(x;\varphi_1,\varphi_2^*)V1​(x)≥J1(x;φ1​,φ2∗​) for every admissible deviation φ1\varphi_1φ1​.
  • Step 2 of the proof: V1(x)=J1(x;φ1∗,φ2∗)V_1(x)=J^1(x;\varphi_1^*,\varphi_2^*)V1​(x)=J1(x;φ1∗​,φ2∗​).

The goal follows from Steps 1 and 2 and their mirror images for player 2.

Significance

The theorem turns the search for Nash equilibria of nonzero-sum impulse games, an infinite-dimensional fixed-point problem over strategy pairs, into a deterministic problem: find functions satisfying a system of coupled QVIs with prescribed regularity. The regularity conditions become smooth-pasting conditions, hence a system of algebraic equations; Section 4 of the paper solves it explicitly for a one-dimensional game with linear payoffs. A further consequence is structural: equilibrium payoffs need only be C2C^2C2 on the opponent's continuation region, which is what lets non-smooth, piecewise-defined candidates qualify.

The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version exists. A complete formalization would be the first verified verification theorem for impulse control, single-player or game, and would expose every convention of the model: priority on ties, simultaneous interventions, the treatment of exit, and the integrability of the payoff. Several of these conventions need correction on the page, as listed below.

Difficulty

The heuristic argument applies Itô's formula to e−ρ1tV1(Xt)e^{-\rho_1t}V_1(X_t)e−ρ1​tV1​(Xt​) and uses the QVIs term by term. This fails on two counts. First, V1V_1V1​ is only C1C^1C1 across the free boundary ∂D1\partial\mathcal D_1∂D1​, so Itô's formula does not apply directly. The paper mollifies V1V_1V1​ (following Øksendal's proof of his verification theorem for optimal stopping) and must control the second derivatives near a Lipschitz boundary. Second, the sums over interventions may be infinite and the horizon unbounded, so expectations and limits do not commute. The passage to the limit needs the integrability built into Φx\Phi_xΦx​ and the polynomial growth of ViV_iVi​. The stochastic-calculus infrastructure itself (Itô's formula for continuous semimartingales stopped at random times, strong solutions of Lipschitz SDEs restarted at stopping times) is largely missing from Mathlib.

Formalization scope

The Lean model is pathwise. A realization is a sequence of diffusion pieces, each solving the state equation from the random restart time with the restart value. The Itô integral is the published relation EthierKurtz.HasBrownianItoIntegral, and the stochastic basis uses the published You2015.Shared.UsualConditions and IsFBrownian. Times take values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] with e−ρ⋅∞=0e^{-\rho\cdot\infty}=0e−ρ⋅∞=0, and the state space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). Φx\Phi_xΦx​ asks for one admissible realization, while the Nash inequalities and the payoff identity hold on every admissible realization; strong uniqueness makes these readings equivalent.

The following deviate from the page and are disclosed in the items:

  1. δi\delta_iδi​ is assumed continuous, so that φi∗\varphi_i^*φi∗​ is a strategy.
  2. The fourth QVI is imposed on Dj∖∂Di\mathcal D_j\setminus\partial\mathcal D_iDj​∖∂Di​, where AVi\mathcal AV_iAVi​ exists.
  3. The exit time is αkˉ+1S\alpha^S_{\bar k+1}αkˉ+1S​, not the printed αkˉS\alpha^S_{\bar k}αkˉS​.
  4. The gain term of (2.7) is read with the opponent's interventions.
  5. The supremum in (2.8) is taken over [0,τS][0,\tau_S][0,τS​].
  6. Interventions accumulating at a finite τS\tau_SτS​ are excluded from Φx\Phi_xΦx​, since the page leaves XτSX_{\tau_S}XτS​​ undefined there.
  7. Lemma 2.3 is stated in corrected form for simultaneous and boundary interventions.

The payoff is a Bochner expectation only inside Φx\Phi_xΦx​, which requires the L1L^1L1 conditions of (2.7) and the integrability of each payoff. A non-integrable deviation therefore never receives the junk payoff 000, and the Nash inequality cannot hold vacuously.

Contributions are welcome on the stochastic-calculus layer this needs (Itô's formula, strong existence and uniqueness for Lipschitz SDEs, optional stopping for stochastic integrals) and on the mollification lemma for functions that are C1C^1C1 with piecewise bounded second derivatives across a Lipschitz surface. These are reusable well beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • R. Aïd, M. Basei, G. Callegaro, L. Campi, T. Vargiolu, Nonzero-sum stochastic differential games with impulse controls: a verification theorem with applications, Math. Oper. Res. 45(1), 2020 (accepted manuscript, arXiv:1605.00039v4). https://arxiv.org/abs/1605.00039
  • A. Cosso, Stochastic differential games involving impulse controls and double-obstacle quasi-variational inequalities, SIAM J. Control Optim. 51(3), 2102–2131, 2013.
  • B. Øksendal, Stochastic Differential Equations, 6th ed., Springer, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-14394-6
  • B. Øksendal, A. Sulem, Applied Stochastic Control of Jump Diffusions, 2nd ed., Springer, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-69826-5
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Theory of Games and Economic Behavior V: All Solutions of the Essential Zero-Sum Three-Person GameTextbook

Motivation

The solution concept of von Neumann and Morgenstern — today usually called a stable set — was the first general answer to the question of what a rational outcome of a many-player cooperative game should be. It was introduced in Theory of Games and Economic Behavior (1944), and Chapter VI of that book states it exactly (§30) and then tests it on the smallest nontrivial case: the essential zero-sum three-person game (§32). The complete determination of all solutions of that game, (32:A)–(32:B) on p. 288, is the book's first full answer to "what are all the solutions of a given game?", and it is the result that made visible the two features every later discussion of stable sets has had to address: a game can have many solutions, and a solution can be an infinite set of imputations that discriminates against one player.

Stable sets remain an active topic in cooperative game theory: Lucas (1968) showed that some games have no stable set, and the literature on existence, uniqueness and structure (for example Shapley 1971 on convex games, whose core is the unique stable set) builds on the definitions formalized here.

Setting

A zero-sum nnn-person game with players I={1,…,n}I = \{1, \dots, n\}I={1,…,n} is described by its characteristic function v(S)v(S)v(S), a real number for each set S⊆IS \subseteq IS⊆I of players, satisfying (25:3:a)–(25:3:c):

v(⊖)=0,v(−S)=−v(S),v(S∪T)≧v(S)+v(T)  for S∩T=⊖.v(\ominus) = 0,\qquad v(-S) = -v(S),\qquad v(S \cup T) \geqq v(S) + v(T)\ \text{ for } S \cap T = \ominus .v(⊖)=0,v(−S)=−v(S),v(S∪T)≧v(S)+v(T)  for S∩T=⊖.

An imputation is a vector α⃗={α1,…,αn}\vec\alpha = \{\alpha_1, \dots, \alpha_n\}α={α1​,…,αn​} with αi≧v((i))\alpha_i \geqq v((i))αi​≧v((i)) for each player and ∑iαi=0\sum_i \alpha_i = 0∑i​αi​=0 (30:1), (30:2). A set SSS is effective for α⃗\vec\alphaα if ∑i∈Sαi≦v(S)\sum_{i \in S} \alpha_i \leqq v(S)∑i∈S​αi​≦v(S) (30:3). An imputation α⃗\vec\alphaα dominates β⃗\vec\betaβ​, α⃗≻β⃗\vec\alpha \succ \vec\betaα≻β​, if some nonempty set SSS is effective for α⃗\vec\alphaα and αi>βi\alpha_i > \beta_iαi​>βi​ for all i∈Si \in Si∈S (30:4). A solution is a set VVV of imputations such that no element of VVV dominates another element of VVV (30:5:a) and every imputation outside VVV is dominated by some element of VVV (30:5:b).

Two characteristic functions v,v′v, v'v,v′ are strategically equivalent if v′(S)=v(S)+∑k∈Sαk0v'(S) = v(S) + \sum_{k\in S}\alpha^0_kv′(S)=v(S)+∑k∈S​αk0​ for constants with ∑kαk0=0\sum_k \alpha^0_k = 0∑k​αk0​=0 (27:1), (27:2). Every vvv is strategically equivalent to exactly one reduced function vˉ\bar vvˉ (27:A); the game is inessential if vˉ≡0\bar v \equiv 0vˉ≡0 and essential otherwise (27.3).

For three players, an essential game in reduced form with the unit chosen so that γ=1\gamma = 1γ=1 has

(32:1)v(S)=0, −1, 1, 0when S has 0,1,2,3 elements,\text{(32:1)}\qquad v(S) = 0,\ -1,\ 1,\ 0 \quad\text{when } S \text{ has } 0, 1, 2, 3 \text{ elements},(32:1)v(S)=0, −1, 1, 0when S has 0,1,2,3 elements,

and its imputations are the points of the fundamental triangle α1,α2,α3≧−1\alpha_1, \alpha_2, \alpha_3 \geqq -1α1​,α2​,α3​≧−1, α1+α2+α3=0\alpha_1 + \alpha_2 + \alpha_3 = 0α1​+α2​+α3​=0.

Formalization targets

Goal: the complete list of solutions, (32:A) + (32:B)

For the game (32:1), a set VVV is a solution if and only if either

V={{−1,12,12}, {12,−1,12}, {12,12,−1}}(32:6), (32:B)V = \bigl\{\{-1, \tfrac12, \tfrac12\},\ \{\tfrac12, -1, \tfrac12\},\ \{\tfrac12, \tfrac12, -1\}\bigr\}\qquad\text{(32:6), (32:B)}V={{−1,21​,21​}, {21​,−1,21​}, {21​,21​,−1}}(32:6), (32:B)

or, for some player iii and some ccc with

−1≦c<12(32:8),-1 \leqq c < \tfrac12 \qquad\text{(32:8)},−1≦c<21​(32:8),

VVV is the set of all imputations with αi=c\alpha_i = cαi​=c ((32:7), (32:7*), (32:7**), (32:A)). Both directions are part of the goal.

Milestones

For general nnn (§31): domination is irreflexive (31:K); an inessential game has exactly one imputation and an essential game infinitely many (31:I); solutions are never empty (31:J); in an essential game every imputation is dominated by one it does not dominate (31:L); an undominated imputation exists iff the game is inessential (31:M); a one-element solution exists iff the game is inessential, and it is then the only solution (31:P); strategic equivalence induces an isomorphism of imputations, effective sets, domination and solutions (31:Q).

For the three-person game (§32): domination is the coordinate condition (32:4) on two of the three players; two mutually undominated imputations agree in one coordinate (32:5); the set (32:6) is a solution (32:B); every set (32:7) with ccc in the range (32:8) is a solution (32:A).

Significance

The goal is the first complete classification of the stable sets of a game. It shows that solutions are not unique and need not be finite: next to the symmetric three-point solution there is a one-parameter family, for each of the three players, of solutions that fix that player's payoff at ccc and let the other two bargain freely. The book's interpretation of these "discriminatory" solutions (§33) as standards of behaviour is one of the lasting ideas of the theory. The general-nnn results of §31 fix the trivial case completely: an inessential game has a unique, one-point solution, so every essential game has only solutions with at least two elements and an empty core. (31:Q) justifies working with reduced forms throughout the later chapters.

The results are proved in the book; none has a machine-checked proof on the platform as of this writing. The existing stable-set definitions on the platform concern feasible payoff vectors a(N)≦v(N)a(N) \leqq v(N)a(N)≦v(N) of a superadditive game, not imputations of a zero-sum game, so this mission also provides the book's definitions in the form every later chapter of the series (decomposition, simple games, general games) uses.

Difficulty

The "if" direction of the goal is a finite case analysis per set, but (30:5:b) must be checked for every imputation outside the set, with the dominating element chosen as a function of it. The "only if" direction is the substance: from an arbitrary solution — a possibly infinite, a priori unstructured subset of the triangle — one must derive that it is exactly one of the listed sets. The book's argument is geometric (Figures 54–60) and leans on pictures of dominated regions; the delicate points are the exclusion of the limiting position c=12c = \tfrac12c=21​, where a single point of the triangle stays undominated, and the proof that a solution with two points on a horizontal line and one point off it must be exactly (32:6). The endpoint c=−1c = -1c=−1 is included and must be handled; the endpoint c=12c = \tfrac12c=21​ is excluded and must be refuted.

Formalization scope

Players are Fin n (the book's player iii is index i−1i-1i−1; for three players 1,2,31, 2, 31,2,3 are 0, 1, 2), coalitions are Finset (Fin n), characteristic functions are Finset (Fin n) → ℝ, imputations are vectors Fin n → ℝ. The domination relation is defined on all vectors but every statement restricts it to imputations; solutions are sets of imputations and (30:5:b) quantifies over imputations only.

Standing hypotheses instantiated in the statements:

  • every general-nnn result of §31 assumes that vvv satisfies (25:3:a)–(25:3:c) (IsCharFunction v), the book's standing assumption for "a zero-sum nnn-person game";
  • "inessential" is the book's definition (reduced form identically 000, 27.3.1), not the criterion (27:B); "essential" is its negation;
  • the three-person results are stated for the reduced form (32:1) with γ=1\gamma = 1γ=1 exactly, as in §32; the transfer to arbitrary essential three-person games via (31:Q) and the choice of unit is not part of the goal;
  • the range of ccc is the half-open interval (32:8).

Domination requires all three clauses of (30:4): dropping "SSS not empty" makes every imputation dominate every other through S=⊖S = \ominusS=⊖ and turns the goal into a statement about the empty solution; the definitions keep all three. The general-nnn statements carry the characteristic-function hypotheses because without them a set function with no imputation has the empty set as a vacuous solution.

The dimension claim "an (n−1)(n-1)(n−1)-dimensional continuum" in (31:I) is not formalized; only "infinitely many imputations" is. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, a proof of the transfer of the goal to all essential three-person games through (31:Q), and reusable lemmas on domination via two-element coalitions.

Selected references

  • J. von Neumann, O. Morgenstern, Theory of Games and Economic Behavior, 60th-anniversary edition, Princeton University Press, 2007 (reprint of the 3rd edition, 1953), §§25–27, 30–32. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400829460
  • W. F. Lucas, A game with no solution, Bulletin of the American Mathematical Society 74 (1968), 237–239. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9904-1968-11901-9
  • L. S. Shapley, Cores of convex games, International Journal of Game Theory 1 (1971), 11–26. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01753431
16 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

A Supply Chain Theory of Factoring and Reverse Factoring 1: The Supplier's Equilibrium Choice Among Recourse, Non-Recourse and Reverse FactoringResearch Paper

Motivation

Small and medium-sized suppliers that sell to large retailers typically ship first and are paid weeks or months later. Until the invoice is paid, the supplier's cash is trapped in accounts receivable, while production has to be financed up front. Factoring (selling or pledging the receivable to a financial intermediary for immediate cash) and reverse factoring (a buyer-initiated program in which the retailer approves the invoice and the supplier is paid early by the retailer's bank) are the standard remedies, and reverse factoring programs of large buyers are often coupled with an extension of payment terms. Which of these instruments a supplier should use, and how the answer depends on the credit ratings of the two firms, is the question addressed by Kouvelis and Xu, "A Supply Chain Theory of Factoring and Reverse Factoring", Management Science 67(10):6071–6088, 2021 (doi:10.1287/mnsc.2020.3788). The paper embeds each financing scheme in the pull wholesale-price game of Cachon (2004) and compares the resulting equilibria.

Setting

A retailer (the Stackelberg leader) offers a wholesale price www to a capital-constrained supplier (the follower), who then chooses a production quantity q≥0q \ge 0q≥0 and carries the inventory; the retail price ppp is fixed, and 0<c<p0 < c < p0<c<p is the unit production cost. Demand D≥0D \ge 0D≥0 has density fff, complementary distribution function Fˉ\bar FFˉ, finite mean, f>0f > 0f>0 on [0,Z][0, \mathbb Z][0,Z] (Z≤+∞\mathbb Z \le +\inftyZ≤+∞), and a strictly increasing failure rate z=f/Fˉz = f/\bar Fz=f/Fˉ (strict IFR). Expected sales are S(q)=∫0qFˉ(ξ) dξS(q) = \int_0^q \bar F(\xi)\,d\xiS(q)=∫0q​Fˉ(ξ)dξ, and k(q)=S(q)/Fˉ(q)k(q) = S(q)/\bar F(q)k(q)=S(q)/Fˉ(q).

Each firm j∈{s,r}j \in \{s, r\}j∈{s,r} has a credit rating Cj∈(Cmin⁡,Cmax⁡)C_j \in (C_{\min}, C_{\max})Cj​∈(Cmin​,Cmax​). The default probability ρj=ρ(Cj)∈[0,1]\rho_j = \rho(C_j) \in [0,1]ρj​=ρ(Cj​)∈[0,1] is strictly decreasing in the rating, and the interest-rate premium ηj=η(Cj)>0\eta_j = \eta(C_j) > 0ηj​=η(Cj​)>0 is decreasing. Production takes a lead time t1t_1t1​, payment follows after a term t2t_2t2​, and the supplier faces a Poisson liquidity shock of rate λs\lambda_sλs​ during production (the retailer, rate λr\lambda_rλr​). Under a scheme i∈{F,N,R}i \in \{\mathcal F, \mathcal N, \mathcal R\}i∈{F,N,R} (recourse, non-recourse, reverse factoring, the last with a payment extension τ≥0\tau \ge 0τ≥0), the supplier's expected profit is

πi(q;w)=(1−ρs)(Λie−λst1wS(q)−cqeηst1),\pi_i(q; w) = (1-\rho_s)\big(\Lambda_i e^{-\lambda_s t_1} w S(q) - c q e^{\eta_s t_1}\big),πi​(q;w)=(1−ρs​)(Λi​e−λs​t1​wS(q)−cqeηs​t1​),

with coefficients ΛF=(1−ρr)+(1−ρs)−eηst2\Lambda_{\mathcal F} = (1-\rho_r) + (1-\rho_s) - e^{\eta_s t_2}ΛF​=(1−ρr​)+(1−ρs​)−eηs​t2​, ΛN=e−ηrt2(1−ρr)\Lambda_{\mathcal N} = e^{-\eta_r t_2}(1-\rho_r)ΛN​=e−ηr​t2​(1−ρr​), ΛR=e−ηr(t2+τ)\Lambda_{\mathcal R} = e^{-\eta_r(t_2+\tau)}ΛR​=e−ηr​(t2​+τ), and effective unit cost ci=c e(ηs+λs)t1/Λic_i = c\,e^{(\eta_s+\lambda_s)t_1}/\Lambda_ici​=ce(ηs​+λs​)t1​/Λi​. The retailer's profit is e−λst1(1−ρr)(p−w)S(q)e^{-\lambda_s t_1}(1-\rho_r)(p-w)S(q)e−λs​t1​(1−ρr​)(p−w)S(q) under factoring and carries the extra factor 2−e−λrτ2 - e^{-\lambda_r \tau}2−e−λr​τ under reverse factoring.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 5

For a given τ≥0\tau \ge 0τ≥0, let C3\mathbb C_3C3​ be the unique supplier rating with ΛF=ΛR\Lambda_{\mathcal F} = \Lambda_{\mathcal R}ΛF​=ΛR​, C1\mathbb C_1C1​ the one with ΛF=ΛN\Lambda_{\mathcal F} = \Lambda_{\mathcal N}ΛF​=ΛN​, and CF,CN,CR\mathbb C_{\mathcal F}, \mathbb C_{\mathcal N}, \mathbb C_{\mathcal R}CF​,CN​,CR​ the feasibility thresholds (ci=pc_i = pci​=p). With all three schemes available,

e−ηrτ<1−ρr:F adopted  ⟺  Cs>CF∨C1,N adopted  ⟺  CN<Cs≤C1;e^{-\eta_r\tau} < 1-\rho_r:\quad \mathcal F \text{ adopted} \iff C_s > \mathbb C_{\mathcal F}\vee\mathbb C_1,\qquad \mathcal N \text{ adopted} \iff \mathbb C_{\mathcal N} < C_s \le \mathbb C_1;e−ηr​τ<1−ρr​:F adopted⟺Cs​>CF​∨C1​,N adopted⟺CN​<Cs​≤C1​; 1−ρr≤e−ηrτ:F adopted  ⟺  Cs>CF∨C3,R adopted  ⟺  CR<Cs≤C3.1-\rho_r \le e^{-\eta_r\tau}:\quad \mathcal F \text{ adopted} \iff C_s > \mathbb C_{\mathcal F}\vee\mathbb C_3,\qquad \mathcal R \text{ adopted} \iff \mathbb C_{\mathcal R} < C_s \le \mathbb C_3.1−ρr​≤e−ηr​τ:F adopted⟺Cs​>CF​∨C3​,R adopted⟺CR​<Cs​≤C3​.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 2 (p. 6078): recourse factoring is feasible iff Cs>CFC_s > \mathbb C_{\mathcal F}Cs​>CF​, and then the unique equilibrium solves pFˉ(q)=cF[1+z(q)k(q)]p\bar F(q) = c_{\mathcal F}[1+z(q)k(q)]pFˉ(q)=cF​[1+z(q)k(q)], w=cF/Fˉ(q)w = c_{\mathcal F}/\bar F(q)w=cF​/Fˉ(q).
  2. Proposition 3 (p. 6079): the same for non-recourse factoring with cNc_{\mathcal N}cN​.
  3. §5.2 (p. 6082, Proposition EC.2): the same for reverse factoring with cR(τ)c_{\mathcal R}(\tau)cR​(τ).
  4. §4.4 (p. 6080, Lemma EC.2): between feasible schemes, the supplier's equilibrium profits are ordered as the Λi\Lambda_iΛi​.
  5. Proposition 4 (p. 6080): the choice between F\mathcal FF and N\mathcal NN alone.

A follow-on item states Corollary 1(i) (p. 6081): when the retailer's rating is at least the supplier's, non-recourse factoring strictly dominates recourse factoring whenever the latter is feasible.

Significance

Proposition 5 is the paper's main prediction: non-recourse factoring is the choice of medium-rated suppliers, recourse factoring of highly rated ones, and reverse factoring with a fixed payment extension is chosen only by low-to-medium-rated suppliers and only if the retailer's rating is not too high relative to the extension. The paper uses it to explain the documented reluctance of suppliers to join reverse-factoring programs that come with extended payment terms (Wuttke, Rosenzweig and Heese 2019; Corsten 2010, a teaching case), and it is the starting point of the paper's Proposition 6 on the retailer's optimal payment extension, which is the subject of the second mission of this series.

The results are proved in the paper's Online Appendix B. To the best of available knowledge none of them, and no model of supply chain finance, has a machine-checked proof. A formal development would also supply a reusable treatment of the pull wholesale-price game under a strictly IFR demand with an arbitrary effective unit cost, of which Propositions 2, 3 and EC.2 are three instances.

Difficulty

The case analysis of Proposition 5 is short once the milestones are available; the substance lies in them. Proposition 2 requires solving a bilevel problem: the follower's best response has to be identified for every wholesale price, including prices at which the supplier produces nothing, and the leader's objective has to be shown to have a single maximizer. The natural route through the first-order condition needs the IFR property to exclude multiple stationary points, and it has to cope with a support end Z\mathbb ZZ that may be finite (where Fˉ\bar FFˉ vanishes and kkk, zzz lose meaning) or infinite. Lemma EC.2 requires the equilibrium supplier profit as an explicit function of the effective cost and a monotonicity argument for it; comparing the Λi\Lambda_iΛi​ directly, without the equilibrium, does not prove it. The proofs themselves are not in the main text.

Formalization scope

Demand is a probability measure μ on ℝ with a density f, the support end Z : EReal, and the complementary distribution function Fbar μ x = μ((x, ∞)). The model data, the coefficients coef, the effective costs cF, cN, cR, the two profit functions, best responses, equilibria, feasibility and adoption are definitions; all theorems are for arbitrary data satisfying Params.Valid and DemandModel. Readings fixed by the formalization:

  • "Feasible": some wholesale price w≥0w \ge 0w≥0 with a supplier best response gives the retailer strictly positive profit. It is not defined as ci<pc_i < pci​<p, which is what Propositions 2 and 3 prove.
  • "Adopted" / "should be adopted": the scheme is feasible and its equilibrium supplier profit is best among the feasible available schemes, with ties resolved R≻N≻F\mathcal R \succ \mathcal N \succ \mathcal FR≻N≻F, the order forced by the paper's boundaries (Cs=C1C_s = \mathbb C_1Cs​=C1​, Cs=C3C_s = \mathbb C_3Cs​=C3​, Cr=C2C_r = \mathbb C_2Cr​=C2​). Profits are compared, not the Λi\Lambda_iΛi​.
  • "The unique value of CsC_sCs​ that satisfies …": a point of (Cmin⁡,Cmax⁡)(C_{\min}, C_{\max})(Cmin​,Cmax​) satisfying the equation and the only such point. The equation cF=pc_{\mathcal F} = pcF​=p is cross-multiplied, c e(ηs+λs)t1=pΛFc\,e^{(\eta_s+\lambda_s)t_1} = p\Lambda_{\mathcal F}ce(ηs​+λs​)t1​=pΛF​, since ΛF\Lambda_{\mathcal F}ΛF​ may be ≤0\le 0≤0.
  • "Cr>C2C_r > \mathbb C_2Cr​>C2​" is read through the paper's equivalence τ>−ηr−1ln⁡(1−ρr)\tau > -\eta_r^{-1}\ln(1-\rho_r)τ>−ηr−1​ln(1−ρr​), i.e. e−ηrτ<1−ρre^{-\eta_r\tau} < 1-\rho_re−ηr​τ<1−ρr​: the stated assumptions give no single crossing in CrC_rCr​.
  • "The unique equilibrium can be derived from …": the equilibrium exists and is unique, and it is exactly the solution of the system with q∈(0,Z)q \in (0, \mathbb Z)q∈(0,Z); this part is stated under feasibility.
  • "Increasing/decreasing" is weak unless stated (p. 6075); ρ\rhoρ is strictly decreasing, η\etaη weakly.
  • Continuity of fff is read on [0,Z][0,\mathbb Z][0,Z], and Z\mathbb ZZ as the upper end of the support.
  • Additions: wholesale prices are nonnegative; the retailer's reverse-factoring profit is the last line of the p. 6082 display (the middle line has a stray factor www).
  • Corollary 1(i): "higher credit rating" is read as Cr≥CsC_r \ge C_sCr​≥Cs​, "dominates" as a strictly larger equilibrium supplier profit whenever recourse is feasible.

A formalization in which feasibility or adoption is defined by the inequalities being proved (ci<pc_i < pci​<p, largest Λi\Lambda_iΛi​) makes the propositions trivial and is ruled out by the definitions above. The profit functions (7), (10) and the p. 6082 display are taken as the model; the derivation from bank and factor pricing (Eqs. (1), (5), (6), Lemma 1) is not formalized, and the unstated assumptions of Table EC.2 are not included. Contributions of reusable lemmas on SSS, kkk and zzz under strict IFR are welcome.

Selected references

  • P. Kouvelis and F. Xu, A Supply Chain Theory of Factoring and Reverse Factoring, Management Science 67(10):6071–6088, 2021. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2020.3788
  • G. P. Cachon, The Allocation of Inventory Risk in a Supply Chain: Push, Pull, and Advance-Purchase Discount Contracts, Management Science 50(2):222–238, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1030.0189
  • D. A. Wuttke, E. Rosenzweig, H. S. Heese, An Empirical Analysis of Supply Chain Finance Adoption, Journal of Operations Management 65(3):242–261, 2019.
  • P. Kouvelis and W. Zhao, Who Should Finance the Supply Chain? Impact of Credit Ratings on Supply Chain Decisions, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 20(1):19–35, 2018.
8 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 17 of 18Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me